Amend last addition to etc/PROBLEMS
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blobfa9014a7d53943929497d4062c415fbbd8e34458
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (22150 28228 674072 702000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 \(fn)" t nil)
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 \(fn)" t nil)
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 \(fn)" t nil)
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
54 \(fn)" t nil)
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
66 ;;;***
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (22197 58438
69 ;;;;;; 383460 447000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
84 \(fn)" t nil)
86 ;;;***
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (22150 28228
89 ;;;;;; 750072 702000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
95 \(fn)" t nil)
97 ;;;***
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (22150 28228
100 ;;;;;; 754072 702000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
109 ;;;***
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (22284 55604 194845
112 ;;;;;; 171000))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were \"ChangeLog\"
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
210 \(fn)" t nil)
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
239 ;;;***
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (22150 28227
242 ;;;;;; 338072 702000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
371 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
373 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
375 ;;;***
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (22311 14138 946375 715000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
471 \(fn)" t nil)
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475 The alignment is done by calling `align' on the region that was
476 indented.
478 \(fn)" t nil)
480 ;;;***
482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (22189 64323 68321 19000))
483 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
484 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
486 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
487 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
489 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
491 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
493 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
494 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
496 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
497 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
499 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
500 `allout-auto-activation'.
502 \(fn)" nil nil)
504 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
505 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
507 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
508 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
509 file variable `allout-layout'.
511 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
512 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
513 specified layout is applied.
515 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
516 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
518 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
519 Auto-layout is not.
521 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
523 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
525 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
527 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
529 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
531 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
537 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
539 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
541 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
543 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
545 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
547 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
549 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
551 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
555 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
557 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
558 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
560 \(fn)" nil t)
562 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
563 Toggle Allout outline mode.
564 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
565 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
566 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
568 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
569 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
570 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
571 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
572 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
573 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
574 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
575 outline.)
577 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
579 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
580 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
581 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
582 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
583 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
584 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
585 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
586 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
588 and many other features.
590 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
591 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
592 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
593 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
594 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
596 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
597 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
598 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
599 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
600 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
601 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
602 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
603 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
604 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
605 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
607 Exposure Control:
608 ----------------
609 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
611 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
612 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
613 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
615 Navigation:
616 ----------
617 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
618 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
619 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
620 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
621 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
622 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
623 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
624 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
625 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
626 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
629 Topic Header Production:
630 -----------------------
631 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
632 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
633 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
635 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
636 ---------------------------------
637 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
638 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
639 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
640 current topic
641 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
642 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
643 are alternated according to nesting depth.
644 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
645 the offspring are not affected.
646 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
648 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
649 ----------------------------------
650 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
651 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
652 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
653 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
654 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
655 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
656 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
657 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
659 Topic-oriented Encryption:
660 -------------------------
661 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
662 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
664 Misc commands:
665 -------------
666 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
667 and establish a default file-var setting
668 for `allout-layout'.
669 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
670 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
671 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
672 buffer with name derived from derived from that
673 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
674 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
675 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
676 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
677 format.
678 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
679 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
680 auto-activation.
682 Topic Encryption
684 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
685 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
686 pending encryption on save.
688 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
689 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
690 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
691 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
692 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
694 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
695 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
696 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
697 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
698 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
699 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
700 signal.
702 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
703 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
704 for details.
706 HOT-SPOT Operation
708 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
709 navigation and exposure control.
711 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
712 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
713 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
714 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
715 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
717 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
718 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
719 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
720 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
721 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
723 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
724 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
725 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
726 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
727 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
728 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
729 at the beginning of the current entry.
731 Extending Allout
733 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
734 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
735 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
737 `allout-mode-hook'
738 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
739 `allout-mode-off-hook'
740 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
741 `allout-structure-added-functions'
742 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
743 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
744 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
745 `allout-post-undo-hook'
747 Terminology
749 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
751 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
752 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
753 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
754 CURRENT ITEM:
755 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
756 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
757 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
758 called the:
759 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
761 ANCESTORS:
762 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
763 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
764 of the ITEM.
765 OFFSPRING:
766 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
767 SUBTOPIC:
768 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
769 CHILD:
770 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
771 SIBLINGS:
772 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
774 Topic text constituents:
776 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
777 text.
778 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
779 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
780 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
781 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
782 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
783 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
784 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
785 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
786 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
787 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
788 the PREFIX.
790 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
791 of the ITEM.
792 PREFIX-LEAD:
793 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
794 It can be customized by changing the setting of
795 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
797 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
798 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
799 program code without interfering with processing of the text
800 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
801 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
802 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
803 docstring for more detail.
804 PREFIX-PADDING:
805 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
806 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
807 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
808 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
809 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
810 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
811 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
812 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
813 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
814 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
815 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
816 more details.
817 EXPOSURE:
818 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
819 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
820 CONCEALED:
821 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
822 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
824 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
825 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
826 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
830 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
832 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
833 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
835 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
836 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
840 ;;;***
842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (22150
843 ;;;;;; 28226 938072 702000))
844 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
845 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
847 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
848 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
850 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
852 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
854 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
855 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
857 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
858 visiting an outline.
860 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
861 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
863 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
864 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
865 you want allout widgets operation.
867 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
869 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
871 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
873 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
874 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
875 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
876 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
877 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
879 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
880 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
881 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
883 The graphics include:
885 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
887 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
888 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
890 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
891 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
893 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
894 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
895 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
899 ;;;***
901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (22150 28228 350072
902 ;;;;;; 702000))
903 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
905 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
907 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
908 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
909 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
910 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
911 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
912 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
914 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
916 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
919 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
921 ;;;***
923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (22150 28228 674072
924 ;;;;;; 702000))
925 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
927 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
928 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
929 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
930 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
931 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
932 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
933 in the current window.
935 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
937 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
938 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
939 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
940 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
941 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
942 buffer if one does not exist.
944 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
946 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
947 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
948 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
949 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
950 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
952 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
954 ;;;***
956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (22150 28226 942072
957 ;;;;;; 702000))
958 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
959 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
961 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
962 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
964 \(fn)" t nil)
966 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
967 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
969 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
970 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
971 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
972 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
974 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
975 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
977 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
979 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
981 ;;;***
983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (22182
984 ;;;;;; 44208 579853 279000))
985 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
986 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
988 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
989 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
990 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
991 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
992 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
993 \\[yank].
995 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
996 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
997 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
998 the rules.
1000 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1001 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1002 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1003 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1005 \(fn)" t nil)
1007 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1008 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1010 \(fn)" t nil)
1012 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1013 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1014 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1016 \(fn)" nil nil)
1018 ;;;***
1020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (22150 28227 46072
1021 ;;;;;; 702000))
1022 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1024 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1025 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1026 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1027 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1028 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1029 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1031 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1033 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1034 Toggle checking of appointments.
1035 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1036 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1040 ;;;***
1042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (22311 14138 958375
1043 ;;;;;; 715000))
1044 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1046 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1047 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1048 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1049 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1051 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1052 kind of objects to search.
1054 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1056 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1057 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1058 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1059 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1060 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1061 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1063 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1064 variables, not just user options.
1066 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1068 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1069 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1070 With the optional argument DO-NOT-ALL non-nil (or when called
1071 interactively with the prefix \\[universal-argument]), show user
1072 options only, i.e. behave like `apropos-user-option'.
1074 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1076 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1078 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1079 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1080 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1081 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1082 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1083 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1085 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1086 noninteractive functions.
1088 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1089 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1091 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1092 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1094 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1096 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1097 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1099 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1101 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1102 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1103 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1104 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1106 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1107 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1108 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1109 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1111 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1112 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1114 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1116 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1118 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1119 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1120 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1121 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1122 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1124 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1126 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1127 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1128 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1129 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1130 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1131 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1133 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1134 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1135 names and values of properties.
1137 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1139 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1141 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1142 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1143 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1144 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1145 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1146 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1148 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1149 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1150 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1151 documentation strings.
1153 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1155 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1157 ;;;***
1159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (22150 28226 946072
1160 ;;;;;; 702000))
1161 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1163 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1164 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1165 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1166 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1167 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1168 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1170 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1171 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1172 archive.
1174 \\{archive-mode-map}
1176 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1178 ;;;***
1180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (22150 28226 946072 702000))
1181 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1183 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1184 Major mode for editing arrays.
1186 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1187 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1188 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1190 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1192 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1193 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1194 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1196 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1197 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1198 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1199 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1200 The variables are:
1202 Variables you assign:
1203 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1204 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1205 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1206 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1207 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1208 row numbers in the buffer.
1210 Variables which are calculated:
1211 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1212 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1214 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1215 take a numeric prefix argument):
1217 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1218 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1219 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1220 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1222 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1223 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1224 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1225 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1227 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1228 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1229 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1230 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1232 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1233 between that of point and mark.
1235 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1236 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1238 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1239 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1240 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1241 newlines inside rows)
1243 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1245 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1247 \(fn)" t nil)
1249 ;;;***
1251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (22150 28229
1252 ;;;;;; 86072 702000))
1253 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1254 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1256 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1257 Toggle Artist mode.
1258 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1259 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1260 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1262 How to quit Artist mode
1264 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1267 How to submit a bug report
1269 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1272 Drawing with the mouse:
1274 mouse-2
1275 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1276 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1277 below).
1279 mouse-1
1280 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1281 or pastes:
1283 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1286 to new point
1287 --------------------------------------------------------------
1288 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1289 --------------------------------------------------------------
1290 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1291 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1293 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1295 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1299 --------------------------------------------------------------
1300 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1303 lines
1304 --------------------------------------------------------------
1305 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1306 --------------------------------------------------------------
1307 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1308 --------------------------------------------------------------
1309 Paste Paste Paste
1310 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1312 --------------------------------------------------------------
1314 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1315 or diagonally.
1317 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1318 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1319 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1320 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1321 poly-lines.
1323 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1324 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1325 overwrite means the opposite.
1327 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1328 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1329 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1331 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1333 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1334 See below under \"Arrows\" for more info.
1336 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1337 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1338 are currently drawing something.
1340 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1341 some time to fill.
1344 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1345 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1348 Settings
1350 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1352 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1354 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1356 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1358 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1359 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1361 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1364 Drawing with keys
1366 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1367 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1368 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1369 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1370 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1371 When pasting: Pastes
1373 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1375 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1377 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1378 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1379 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1380 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1381 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1382 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1385 Arrows
1387 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1388 of the line/poly-line
1390 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1391 of the line/poly-line
1394 Selecting operation
1396 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1398 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1399 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1401 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1402 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1403 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1404 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1405 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1406 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1407 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1408 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1409 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1410 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1411 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1413 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1414 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1415 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1416 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1417 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1420 Variables
1422 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1423 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1425 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1426 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1427 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1428 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1429 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1430 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1431 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1432 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1433 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1434 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1435 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1436 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1437 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1438 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1439 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1440 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1441 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1442 artist-spray-chars The spray-\"color\"
1443 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-\"color\"
1445 Hooks
1447 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1450 Keymap summary
1452 \\{artist-mode-map}
1454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1456 ;;;***
1458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (22150 28228
1459 ;;;;;; 758072 702000))
1460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1462 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1463 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1464 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1466 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1467 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1468 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1469 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1471 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1472 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1474 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1475 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1477 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1479 Special commands:
1480 \\{asm-mode-map}
1482 \(fn)" t nil)
1484 ;;;***
1486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (22150
1487 ;;;;;; 28227 658072 702000))
1488 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1490 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1491 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1492 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1493 let-binding.")
1495 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1497 ;;;***
1499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (22150 28226 946072
1500 ;;;;;; 702000))
1501 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1503 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1504 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1505 See the `autoarg-mode' command
1506 for a description of this minor mode.")
1508 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1510 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1511 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1512 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1513 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1514 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1516 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1517 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1518 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1519 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1520 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1521 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1522 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1523 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1525 For example:
1526 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1527 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1528 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1529 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1530 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1532 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1536 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1537 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1538 See the `autoarg-kp-mode' command
1539 for a description of this minor mode.
1540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1541 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1542 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1544 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1546 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1547 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1548 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1549 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1550 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1552 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1553 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1554 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1556 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1560 ;;;***
1562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (22150 28228
1563 ;;;;;; 758072 702000))
1564 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1566 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1567 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1569 \(fn)" t nil)
1571 ;;;***
1573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (22192 2880 903382
1574 ;;;;;; 391000))
1575 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1577 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1578 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1579 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1581 \(fn)" t nil)
1583 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1584 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1585 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1586 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1588 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1590 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1591 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1592 See the `auto-insert-mode' command
1593 for a description of this minor mode.
1594 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1595 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1596 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1598 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1600 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1601 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1602 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1603 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1604 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1606 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1607 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1611 ;;;***
1613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (22302
1614 ;;;;;; 35693 265420 723000))
1615 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1617 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1619 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1621 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1623 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1624 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1625 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1627 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1628 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1629 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1630 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1631 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1633 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1635 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1637 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1638 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1639 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1640 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1641 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1643 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1644 directory or directories specified.
1646 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1647 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1648 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1649 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1650 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1651 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1653 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1655 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1656 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1657 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1658 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1659 should be non-nil).
1661 \(fn)" nil nil)
1663 ;;;***
1665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (22292 49734 698738
1666 ;;;;;; 351000))
1667 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1669 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1670 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1671 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1672 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1673 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1675 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1676 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1677 disk changes.
1679 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1680 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1681 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1685 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1686 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1688 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1689 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1691 \(fn)" nil nil)
1693 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1694 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1695 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1696 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1697 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1699 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1700 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1701 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1702 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1703 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1705 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1706 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1707 writing before you save the file!
1709 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1713 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1714 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1716 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1717 (add-hook \\='my-logfile-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1719 \(fn)" nil nil)
1721 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1722 Non-nil if Global Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1723 See the `global-auto-revert-mode' command
1724 for a description of this minor mode.
1725 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1726 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1727 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1729 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1731 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1732 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1733 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1734 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1735 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1737 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1738 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1739 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1741 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1742 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1743 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1744 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1745 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1747 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1748 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1749 specifies in the mode line.
1751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1753 ;;;***
1755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (22150 28226 946072 702000))
1756 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1758 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1759 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1760 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1761 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1762 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1764 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1766 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1767 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1768 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1769 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1771 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1772 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1773 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1775 Effects of the different modes:
1776 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1777 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1778 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1779 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1780 a random distance & direction.
1781 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1782 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1783 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1785 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1786 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1787 definition of \"random distance\".)
1789 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1791 ;;;***
1793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (22150 28228
1794 ;;;;;; 758072 702000))
1795 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1797 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1799 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1800 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1802 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1803 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1804 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1806 \\{bat-mode-map}
1808 \(fn)" t nil)
1810 ;;;***
1812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (22216 22852 972596
1813 ;;;;;; 491000))
1814 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1815 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1817 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1818 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1819 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1820 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1822 \(fn)" t nil)
1824 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1825 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1826 See the `display-battery-mode' command
1827 for a description of this minor mode.
1828 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1829 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1830 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1832 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1834 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1835 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1836 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1837 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1838 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1840 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1841 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1842 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1843 seconds.
1845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1847 ;;;***
1849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (22150
1850 ;;;;;; 28227 338072 702000))
1851 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1853 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1854 Time execution of FORMS.
1855 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1856 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1857 FORMS once.
1858 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1859 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1860 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1862 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1864 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1866 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1867 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1868 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1869 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1870 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1872 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1874 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1876 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1877 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1878 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1879 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1880 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1882 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1884 ;;;***
1886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (22150 28229
1887 ;;;;;; 94072 702000))
1888 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1890 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1891 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1892 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1893 of corresponding buffers.
1894 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1895 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1896 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1897 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1898 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1900 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1901 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1902 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1904 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1906 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1907 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1909 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1911 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1912 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1913 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1914 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1916 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1917 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1918 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1919 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1920 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1922 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1923 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1926 Special information:
1928 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1930 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1931 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1932 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1933 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1934 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1935 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1936 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1937 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1938 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1939 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1940 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1942 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1943 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1944 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1945 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1946 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1947 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1948 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1949 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1951 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1953 ----------------------------------------------------------
1954 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1955 if that value is non-nil.
1957 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1959 \(fn)" t nil)
1961 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1962 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1963 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1964 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1965 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1966 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1967 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1968 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1969 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1970 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1971 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1972 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1974 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1976 ;;;***
1978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1979 ;;;;;; (22150 28229 86072 702000))
1980 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1982 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1983 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1985 \(fn)" t nil)
1987 ;;;***
1989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (22150 28228 226072
1990 ;;;;;; 702000))
1991 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1993 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1994 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1996 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1997 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1998 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
2000 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
2002 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
2003 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
2005 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2007 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2008 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2010 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2012 ;;;***
2014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (22150 28228
2015 ;;;;;; 674072 702000))
2016 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2018 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2019 Play blackbox.
2020 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2022 What is blackbox?
2024 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2025 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2026 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2027 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2028 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2029 your score.
2031 Overview of play:
2033 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2034 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2035 four.
2037 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2038 movement keys.
2040 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2041 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2043 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2044 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2046 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2047 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2048 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2049 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2050 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2051 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2053 Details:
2055 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2057 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2058 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2059 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2060 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2062 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2063 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2064 denoted by the letter `R'.
2066 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2067 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2068 denoted by the letter `H'.
2070 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2071 example.
2073 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2074 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2075 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2076 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2077 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2078 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2079 ray.
2081 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2082 degree deflection it causes.
2085 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2086 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2087 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2088 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2089 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2090 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2091 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2092 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2095 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2096 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2099 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2100 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2101 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2102 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2103 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2104 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2105 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2106 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2108 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2109 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2110 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2111 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2112 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2113 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2114 emerging from the box.
2116 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2118 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2119 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2120 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2121 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2122 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2123 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2124 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2125 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2127 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2128 a reflection.
2130 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2132 ;;;***
2134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (22301 64691 837087
2135 ;;;;;; 484000))
2136 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2137 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2138 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2139 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite)
2140 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2142 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2143 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2144 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2145 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2146 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2147 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2148 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2150 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2151 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2152 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2154 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2155 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2156 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2157 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2158 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2159 recent one.
2161 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2162 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2163 yank successive words.
2165 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2166 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2167 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2168 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2169 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2171 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2172 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2173 the list of bookmarks.)
2175 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2177 (autoload 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite "bookmark" "\
2178 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2179 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2181 If a bookmark named NAME already exists and prefix argument
2182 PUSH-BOOKMARK is non-nil, then push the new bookmark onto the
2183 bookmark alist. Pushing it means that among bookmarks named
2184 NAME, this one becomes the one in effect, but the others are
2185 still there, in order, and become effective again if the user
2186 ever deletes the most recent one.
2188 Otherwise, if a bookmark named NAME already exists but PUSH-BOOKMARK
2189 is nil, raise an error.
2191 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2192 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2193 yank successive words.
2195 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2196 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2197 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2198 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2199 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2201 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2202 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2203 the list of bookmarks.)
2205 \(fn &optional NAME PUSH-BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2207 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2208 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2209 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2210 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2211 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2212 this.
2214 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2215 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2216 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2217 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2219 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2220 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2222 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2223 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2224 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2226 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2228 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2229 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2231 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2233 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2234 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2236 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2237 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2238 after a bookmark was set in it.
2240 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2242 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2243 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2245 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2246 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2248 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2250 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2252 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2253 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2254 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2255 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2257 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2258 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2259 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2261 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2262 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2263 name.
2265 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2267 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2268 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2269 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2271 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2272 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2273 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2274 this.
2276 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2278 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2279 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2281 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2282 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2283 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2284 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2285 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2286 probably because we were called from there.
2288 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2290 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2291 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2293 \(fn)" t nil)
2295 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2297 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2298 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2299 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2300 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2301 \(second argument).
2303 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2304 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2305 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2306 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2307 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2309 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2310 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2311 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2312 `bookmark-default-file'.
2314 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2316 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2317 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2318 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2319 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2320 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2321 while loading.
2323 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2324 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2325 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2326 place. Your own personal bookmark file, specified by the variable
2327 `bookmark-default-file', is maintained automatically by Emacs; you
2328 shouldn't need to load it explicitly.
2330 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2331 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2332 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2334 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2336 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2337 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2338 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2339 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2340 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2342 \(fn)" t nil)
2344 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2346 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2348 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2349 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2351 \(fn)" t nil)
2353 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2355 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2357 ;;;***
2359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (22189 64323
2360 ;;;;;; 280321 19000))
2361 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2363 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2364 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2365 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2366 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2368 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2369 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2370 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2371 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2372 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2374 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2376 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2377 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2378 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2379 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2380 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2381 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2383 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2385 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2386 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2387 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2388 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2389 narrowed.
2391 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2393 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2394 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2396 \(fn)" t nil)
2398 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2399 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2401 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2403 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2404 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2405 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2406 Invokes a suitable browser function which does the actual job.
2407 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser function to
2408 use. If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2409 first, if that exists.
2411 The additional ARGS are passed to the browser function. See the doc
2412 strings of the actual functions, starting with `browse-url-browser-function',
2413 for information about the significance of ARGS (most of the functions
2414 ignore it).
2415 If ARGS are omitted, the default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'
2416 as ARGS.
2418 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2420 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2421 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2422 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2423 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2424 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2428 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2429 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2430 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2431 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2432 says which browser to use.
2434 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2436 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2437 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2438 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2439 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2441 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2443 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2444 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2445 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2446 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2448 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2449 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2450 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2451 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2453 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2454 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2455 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2457 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2458 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2460 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2462 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2464 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2465 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2466 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2467 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2469 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2470 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2471 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2472 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2474 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2475 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2476 new tab in an existing window instead.
2478 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2479 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2481 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2483 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2484 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2485 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2486 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2488 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2489 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2490 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2492 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2493 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2494 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2496 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2497 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2499 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2501 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2502 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2503 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2504 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2505 Chromium.
2506 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2508 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2510 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2511 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2512 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2513 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2515 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2516 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2517 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2518 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2520 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2521 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2522 new tab in an existing window instead.
2524 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2525 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2527 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2529 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2531 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2532 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2534 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2536 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2537 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2538 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2539 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2541 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2542 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2543 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2544 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2546 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2547 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2549 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2551 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2553 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2554 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2556 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2557 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2558 program is invoked according to the variable
2559 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2561 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2562 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2563 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2564 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2566 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2567 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2569 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2571 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2573 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2574 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2575 Default to the URL around or before point.
2577 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2578 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2579 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2581 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2582 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2583 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2584 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2586 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2587 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2589 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2591 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2593 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2594 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2595 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2596 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2598 When called interactively, if variable
2599 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2600 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2601 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2602 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2604 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2605 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2606 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2608 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2609 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2611 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2613 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2614 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2615 Default to the URL around or before point.
2617 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2618 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2619 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2621 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2622 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2624 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2626 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2627 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2628 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2629 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2631 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2633 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2635 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2636 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2637 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2638 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2639 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2640 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2641 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2643 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2645 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2646 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2647 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2648 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2649 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2651 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2652 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2653 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2654 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2656 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2657 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2659 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2661 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2662 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2663 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2664 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2665 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2666 current one.
2668 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2669 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2670 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2671 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2673 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2674 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2676 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2678 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2679 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2680 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2681 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2682 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2683 don't offer a form of remote control.
2685 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2687 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2688 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2689 Default to the URL around or before point.
2690 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2692 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2694 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2695 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2696 Default to the URL around the point.
2698 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2699 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2701 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2702 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2704 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2706 ;;;***
2708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (22150 28226 950072 702000))
2709 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2710 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2712 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2713 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2714 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2715 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2717 \(fn)" t nil)
2719 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2720 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2721 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2722 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2724 \(fn)" t nil)
2726 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2727 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2729 \(fn)" t nil)
2731 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2732 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2733 \\<bs-mode-map>
2734 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2735 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2736 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2737 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2739 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2740 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2741 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2742 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2743 name of buffer configuration.
2745 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2747 ;;;***
2749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (22150 28228 674072
2750 ;;;;;; 702000))
2751 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2753 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2754 Play Bubbles game.
2755 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2756 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2757 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2758 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2759 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2760 columns on its right towards the left.
2762 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2763 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2764 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2765 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2767 \(fn)" t nil)
2769 ;;;***
2771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2772 ;;;;;; (22150 28228 758072 702000))
2773 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2775 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2777 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2778 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2779 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2780 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2781 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2785 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2786 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2788 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2790 ;;;***
2792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (22195
2793 ;;;;;; 16710 339344 967000))
2794 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2795 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2796 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2797 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2799 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2801 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2802 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2803 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2804 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2805 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2806 else the global value will be modified.
2808 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2810 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2811 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2812 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2813 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2814 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2815 else the global value will be modified.
2817 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2819 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2820 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2821 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2823 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2825 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2826 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2827 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2828 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2830 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2831 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2832 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2833 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2834 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2835 before scanning it.
2837 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2838 that already has a `.elc' file.
2840 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2841 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2843 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2844 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2845 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2846 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2847 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2848 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2850 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2852 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2853 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2854 Print the result in the echo area.
2855 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2859 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2860 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2861 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2863 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2865 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2866 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2867 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2868 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2869 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2870 all functions called by those functions.
2872 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2873 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly
2874 \(`eq', `cons', etc.).
2876 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2877 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2878 invoked interactively.
2880 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2882 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2883 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2884 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2885 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2887 \(fn)" nil nil)
2889 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2890 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2891 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2892 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2893 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2894 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2895 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2896 already up-to-date.
2898 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2900 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2901 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2902 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2903 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2905 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2906 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2907 and corresponding effects.
2909 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2911 ;;;***
2913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (22192
2914 ;;;;;; 2880 911382 391000))
2915 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2917 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2919 ;;;***
2921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (22150 28227
2922 ;;;;;; 50072 702000))
2923 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2925 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2927 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2929 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2931 ;;;***
2933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (22150
2934 ;;;;;; 28227 50072 702000))
2935 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2937 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2938 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2939 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2940 from the cursor position.
2942 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2944 ;;;***
2946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (22150 28227 26072 702000))
2947 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2948 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2950 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2951 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2955 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2956 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2958 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2960 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2961 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2963 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2965 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2966 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2967 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
2968 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
2970 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
2972 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2973 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2974 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2975 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2977 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2979 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2980 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2981 This is most useful in the X window system.
2982 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2983 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2985 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2987 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2988 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2989 See calc-keypad for details.
2991 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2993 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2994 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2996 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2998 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2999 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3001 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3003 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
3004 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
3006 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
3008 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
3009 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
3010 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
3012 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
3014 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
3015 Define Calc function.
3017 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
3018 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
3019 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
3021 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
3022 actual Lisp function name.
3024 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
3026 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
3028 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
3030 ;;;***
3032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (22150 28227
3033 ;;;;;; 22072 702000))
3034 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
3036 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
3039 \(fn N)" t nil)
3041 ;;;***
3043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (22222 61645 281665
3044 ;;;;;; 355000))
3045 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3047 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3048 Run the Emacs calculator.
3049 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3051 \(fn)" t nil)
3053 ;;;***
3055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (22192 2880
3056 ;;;;;; 919382 391000))
3057 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3059 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3060 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3061 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3062 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3063 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3064 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3066 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3067 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3068 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3069 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3070 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3071 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3072 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3073 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3074 window.
3076 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3077 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3079 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3080 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3081 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3082 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3083 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3084 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3086 Runs the following hooks:
3088 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3089 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3090 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3091 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3093 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3095 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3097 ;;;***
3099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (22150 28227 658072
3100 ;;;;;; 702000))
3101 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3103 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3104 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3106 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3108 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3109 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3110 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3111 it fails.
3113 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3115 ;;;***
3117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (22312
3118 ;;;;;; 35002 232754 775000))
3119 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3121 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3122 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3124 \(fn)" nil nil)
3126 ;;;***
3128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (22150 28228
3129 ;;;;;; 790072 702000))
3130 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3132 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3133 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3135 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3136 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3138 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3139 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3141 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3143 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3144 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3145 made from scratch.
3147 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3149 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3150 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3152 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3153 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3154 made from scratch.
3156 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3158 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3159 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3161 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3163 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3164 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3165 made from scratch.
3167 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3169 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3170 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3172 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3173 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3174 made from scratch.
3176 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3178 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3179 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3181 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3183 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3184 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3185 made from scratch.
3187 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3189 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3190 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3192 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3193 variables are guessed:
3195 * `c-basic-offset', and
3196 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3197 `c-offsets-alist'.
3199 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3200 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3202 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3203 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3205 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3206 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3207 guess is made from scratch.
3209 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3210 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3212 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3214 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3215 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3216 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3217 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3219 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3220 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3221 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3223 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3225 ;;;***
3227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (22162 19398
3228 ;;;;;; 889892 547000))
3229 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3231 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3232 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3233 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3234 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3235 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3236 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3237 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3239 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3240 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3241 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3242 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3243 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3244 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3245 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3246 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3247 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3249 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3250 Major mode for editing C code.
3252 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3253 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3254 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3255 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3257 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3259 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3260 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3262 Key bindings:
3263 \\{c-mode-map}
3265 \(fn)" t nil)
3267 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3268 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3269 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3270 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3271 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3272 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3273 message.
3275 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3277 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3278 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3280 Key bindings:
3281 \\{c++-mode-map}
3283 \(fn)" t nil)
3284 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3286 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3287 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3288 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3289 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3290 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3291 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3292 message.
3294 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3296 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3297 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3299 Key bindings:
3300 \\{objc-mode-map}
3302 \(fn)" t nil)
3303 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3305 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3306 Major mode for editing Java code.
3307 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3308 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3309 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3310 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3311 message.
3313 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3315 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3316 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3318 Key bindings:
3319 \\{java-mode-map}
3321 \(fn)" t nil)
3322 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3324 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3325 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3326 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3327 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3328 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3329 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3330 message.
3332 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3334 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3335 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3337 Key bindings:
3338 \\{idl-mode-map}
3340 \(fn)" t nil)
3341 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3342 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3344 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3345 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3346 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3347 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3348 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3349 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3350 message.
3352 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3354 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3355 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3357 Key bindings:
3358 \\{pike-mode-map}
3360 \(fn)" t nil)
3361 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3362 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3363 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3364 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3365 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3367 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3368 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3369 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3370 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3371 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3372 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3374 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3376 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3377 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3379 Key bindings:
3380 \\{awk-mode-map}
3382 \(fn)" t nil)
3384 ;;;***
3386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (22150
3387 ;;;;;; 28228 798072 702000))
3388 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3390 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3391 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3392 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3393 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3395 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3397 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3398 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3399 might get set too.
3401 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3402 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3403 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3404 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3405 in this way.
3407 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3408 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3409 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3410 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3411 a null operation.
3413 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3415 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3416 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3417 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3418 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3420 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3422 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3423 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3424 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3426 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3428 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3429 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3430 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3431 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3432 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3434 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3436 ;;;***
3438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (22321 49972
3439 ;;;;;; 996789 707000))
3440 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3441 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3442 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3443 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3445 ;;;***
3447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (22150 28228 106072
3448 ;;;;;; 702000))
3449 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3451 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3452 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3454 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3456 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3457 Disassemble compiled CCL-code CODE.
3459 \(fn CODE)" nil nil)
3461 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3462 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3464 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3465 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3466 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3467 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3468 execution.
3470 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3472 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3474 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3475 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3477 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3478 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3479 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3480 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3482 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3483 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3484 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3485 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3486 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3487 `write' commands.
3489 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3490 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3491 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3492 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3494 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3495 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3496 semantics.
3498 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3500 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3502 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3504 STATEMENT :=
3505 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3506 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3508 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3509 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3510 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3511 | integer
3513 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3515 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3516 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3517 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3519 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3520 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3521 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3523 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3525 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
3526 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
3527 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
3528 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
3529 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
3530 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
3531 ;; last STATEMENT.
3532 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3534 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3535 BREAK := (break)
3537 REPEAT :=
3538 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3539 (repeat)
3540 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3541 ;; (repeat))
3542 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3543 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3544 ;; (read REG)
3545 ;; (repeat))
3546 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3547 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3548 ;; (read REG)
3549 ;; (repeat))
3550 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3552 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3553 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3554 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3555 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3556 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3557 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3558 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3559 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3560 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3561 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3562 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3563 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3564 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3565 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3566 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3567 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3569 WRITE :=
3570 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3571 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3572 ;; representation.
3573 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3574 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3575 ;; (write r7))
3576 | (write EXPRESSION)
3577 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3578 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3579 ;; representation.
3580 | (write integer)
3581 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3582 ;; buffer.
3583 | (write string)
3584 ;; Same as: (write string)
3585 | string
3586 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3587 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3588 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3589 ;; representation.
3590 | (write REG ARRAY)
3591 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3592 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3593 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3594 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3595 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3596 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3598 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3599 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3601 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3602 END := (end)
3604 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3605 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3606 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3608 ARG := REG | integer
3610 OPERATOR :=
3611 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3612 + | - | * | / | %
3614 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3615 | & | `|' | ^
3617 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3618 | << | >>
3620 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3621 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3622 | <8
3624 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3625 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3626 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3627 | >8
3629 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3630 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3631 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3632 | //
3634 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3635 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3637 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3638 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3639 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3640 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3641 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3642 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3643 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3644 | de-sjis
3646 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3647 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3648 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3649 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3650 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3651 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3652 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3653 ;; byte of SJIS.
3654 | en-sjis
3656 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3657 ;; Same meaning as C code
3658 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3660 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3661 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3662 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3663 | <8=
3665 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3666 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3667 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3669 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3670 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3671 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3672 | //=
3674 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3677 TRANSLATE :=
3678 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
3679 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
3680 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
3681 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3682 ;; respectively.
3683 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
3684 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
3685 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
3686 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
3688 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
3689 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3690 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3692 LOOKUP :=
3693 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3694 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
3695 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3696 ;; respectively.
3697 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
3698 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3699 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3701 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3702 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
3703 ;; REG.
3704 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
3705 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3706 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3708 MAP :=
3709 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
3710 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3711 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3712 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3714 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3715 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3716 MAP-ID := integer
3718 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3720 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3722 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3723 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3724 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3725 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3726 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3727 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3729 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3731 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3732 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3733 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3735 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3737 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3739 ;;;***
3741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (22150 28227
3742 ;;;;;; 358072 702000))
3743 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3745 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3746 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3747 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3748 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3750 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3752 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3754 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3755 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3757 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3759 ;;;***
3761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (22150 28227 146072
3762 ;;;;;; 702000))
3763 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3764 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3766 ;;;***
3768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (22150 28228
3769 ;;;;;; 802072 702000))
3770 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3771 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
3773 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3774 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3775 There are no special keybindings by default.
3777 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3778 to the action header.
3780 \(fn)" t nil)
3782 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3783 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3784 There are no special keybindings by default.
3786 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3787 to the action header.
3789 \(fn)" t nil)
3791 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3792 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
3794 \(fn)" t nil)
3796 ;;;***
3798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "char-fold" "char-fold.el" (22332 20294 657693
3799 ;;;;;; 779000))
3800 ;;; Generated autoloads from char-fold.el
3802 (autoload 'char-fold-to-regexp "char-fold" "\
3803 Return a regexp matching anything that char-folds into STRING.
3804 Any character in STRING that has an entry in
3805 `char-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
3806 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
3808 If the resulting regexp would be too long for Emacs to handle,
3809 just return the result of calling `regexp-quote' on STRING.
3811 FROM is for internal use. It specifies an index in the STRING
3812 from which to start.
3814 \(fn STRING &optional LAX FROM)" nil nil)
3816 ;;;***
3818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (22150 28227
3819 ;;;;;; 358072 702000))
3820 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3821 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3823 ;;;***
3825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3826 ;;;;;; (22296 46772 428104 103000))
3827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3829 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3830 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3831 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3833 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3835 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3836 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3837 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3839 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3841 ;;;***
3843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (22197
3844 ;;;;;; 58438 127460 447000))
3845 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3846 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3847 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3848 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3849 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3850 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3851 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3852 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3853 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3854 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3856 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3857 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
3859 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3860 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3861 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3863 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3864 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3865 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3866 the users will view as each check is completed.
3868 \(fn)" t nil)
3870 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3871 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3872 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3873 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3874 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3875 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3876 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3877 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3879 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3881 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3882 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3883 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3884 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3885 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3886 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3887 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3888 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3890 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3892 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3893 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3894 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3895 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3896 spacing are all verified.
3898 \(fn)" t nil)
3900 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3901 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3902 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3903 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3904 otherwise stop after the first error.
3906 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3908 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
3909 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3911 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
3913 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3914 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3915 Only documentation strings are checked.
3916 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3917 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3918 a separate buffer.
3920 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3922 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3923 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3924 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3925 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3926 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3928 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3930 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3931 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3932 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3933 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3934 if there is one.
3936 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3938 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3939 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3940 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3941 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3942 if there is one.
3943 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3945 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3947 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3948 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3949 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3951 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3953 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3954 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3955 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3956 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3957 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3959 \(fn)" t nil)
3961 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3962 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3963 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3964 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3965 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3966 space at the end of each line.
3968 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3970 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3971 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3972 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3973 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3975 \(fn)" t nil)
3977 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3978 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3979 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3980 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3982 \(fn)" t nil)
3984 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3985 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3986 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3987 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3989 \(fn)" t nil)
3991 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3992 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3993 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3994 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3996 \(fn)" t nil)
3998 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3999 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4000 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4001 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4003 \(fn)" t nil)
4005 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
4006 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4007 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4008 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4010 \(fn)" t nil)
4012 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4013 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4014 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4015 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4017 \(fn)" t nil)
4019 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4020 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4021 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4022 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4024 \(fn)" t nil)
4026 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4027 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4028 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4029 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4031 \(fn)" t nil)
4033 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4034 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
4035 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
4036 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
4037 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4039 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4040 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4041 checking of documentation strings.
4043 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4047 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4048 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4050 \(fn)" t nil)
4052 ;;;***
4054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (22150
4055 ;;;;;; 28228 162072 702000))
4056 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4058 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4059 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4060 Return the length of resulting text.
4062 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4064 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4065 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4067 \(fn)" t nil)
4069 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4070 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4071 Return the length of resulting text.
4073 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4075 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4076 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4078 \(fn)" t nil)
4080 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4083 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4085 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4088 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4090 ;;;***
4092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (22150 28227 274072
4093 ;;;;;; 702000))
4094 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4096 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4097 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4098 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4099 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4100 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4101 editing and the result is evaluated.
4103 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4105 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4106 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4107 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4108 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4109 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4111 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4113 \(fn)" t nil)
4115 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4116 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4117 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4118 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4119 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4121 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4122 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4123 \\{command-history-map}
4125 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4126 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4128 \(fn)" t nil)
4130 ;;;***
4132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (22150
4133 ;;;;;; 28227 366072 702000))
4134 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4136 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4137 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4138 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4139 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4140 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4141 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4142 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4143 of this function.
4145 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4146 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4147 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4148 property are:
4150 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4151 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4153 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4154 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4155 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4156 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4157 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4158 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4159 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4160 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4161 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4162 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4163 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4164 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4166 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4167 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4168 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4170 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4171 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4172 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4173 list elements are:
4175 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4177 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4179 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4181 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4182 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4184 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4185 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4187 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4188 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4189 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4190 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4191 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4192 value specified by their associated list element.
4194 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4196 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4197 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4198 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4200 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4201 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4202 * indent the first argument by 4.
4203 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4204 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4205 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4207 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4208 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4209 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4210 instead.
4212 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4214 ;;;***
4216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (22220 19926
4217 ;;;;;; 380329 271000))
4218 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4219 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4221 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4223 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4224 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4225 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4226 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4227 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4228 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4230 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4231 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4233 ;;;***
4235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (22150 28228
4236 ;;;;;; 802072 702000))
4237 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4239 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4240 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4241 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4242 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4244 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4245 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4246 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4247 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4249 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4250 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4252 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4254 ;;;***
4256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (22150 28227 274072
4257 ;;;;;; 702000))
4258 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4260 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4261 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4262 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4263 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4264 of `scheme-program-name').
4265 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4266 it is given as initial input.
4267 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4268 discards input when it starts up.
4269 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4270 is run).
4271 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4273 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4275 ;;;***
4277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (22150 28227 274072 702000))
4278 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4280 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4281 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4282 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4283 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4285 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4286 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4288 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4289 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4290 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4292 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4294 ;;;***
4296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (22280 21348 921123 491000))
4297 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4299 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4300 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4301 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4302 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4303 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4304 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4305 functions have already modified the buffer.
4307 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4309 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4310 either globally or locally.")
4312 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4313 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4314 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4315 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4317 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4318 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4319 `start-file-process'
4320 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4321 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4322 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4324 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4325 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4327 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4329 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4331 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4333 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4334 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4335 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4336 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4337 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4338 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4339 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4340 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4341 process as its initial input.
4343 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4345 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4347 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4349 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4350 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4351 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4352 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4353 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4354 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4356 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4358 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4360 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4361 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4362 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4363 directory tracking functions.")
4365 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4366 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4367 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4369 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4371 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4373 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4374 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4375 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4377 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4379 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4381 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4382 Send COMMAND to current process.
4383 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4384 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4386 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4388 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4389 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4390 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4391 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4393 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4395 ;;;***
4397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (22150 28229
4398 ;;;;;; 250072 702000))
4399 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4401 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4402 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
4403 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
4404 to get another window.
4406 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4407 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4409 This command pushes the mark in each window
4410 at the prior location of point in that window.
4411 If both windows display the same buffer,
4412 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4413 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4415 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4416 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4417 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4418 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4419 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4420 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4421 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4422 ignored.
4424 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4425 this command work in interlaced mode:
4426 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4427 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4428 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4430 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4432 ;;;***
4434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (22311 14139
4435 ;;;;;; 218375 715000))
4436 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4438 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4439 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4441 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4443 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4444 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4445 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4447 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4449 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4450 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4451 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4453 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4455 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4456 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4457 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4458 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4459 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4461 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4462 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4463 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4464 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4465 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4467 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4468 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4469 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4470 describing how the process finished.")
4472 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4473 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4474 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4475 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4476 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4478 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4479 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4480 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4482 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4484 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4485 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4486 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4487 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4489 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4491 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4492 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4494 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4495 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4497 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook
4498 (lambda ()
4499 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4500 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4501 (set (make-local-variable \\='compile-command)
4502 (concat \"make -k \"
4503 (if buffer-file-name
4504 (shell-quote-argument
4505 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4507 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4508 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4510 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4511 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4512 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4513 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4515 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4517 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4518 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4519 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4520 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4522 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4523 and move to the source code that caused it.
4525 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4526 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4528 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4529 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4530 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4531 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4532 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4534 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4535 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4536 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4537 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4539 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4540 kills its subprocesses.
4542 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4543 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4544 to a function that generates a unique name.
4546 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4548 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4549 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4550 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4551 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4553 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4554 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4556 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4557 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4558 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4559 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4561 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4562 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4563 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4565 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4567 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4569 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4570 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4571 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4572 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4573 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4575 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4577 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4579 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4581 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4583 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4584 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4585 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4586 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4587 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4589 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4590 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4591 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4592 See `compilation-mode'.
4594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4596 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4597 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4598 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4599 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4600 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4602 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4603 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4604 `compilation-mode'.
4606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4608 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4609 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4610 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4612 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4614 ;;;***
4616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (22197 58438 91460
4617 ;;;;;; 447000))
4618 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4620 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4621 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4622 See the `dynamic-completion-mode' command
4623 for a description of this minor mode.
4624 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4625 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4626 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4628 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4630 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4631 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4632 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4633 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4634 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4636 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4638 ;;;***
4640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (22150
4641 ;;;;;; 28229 94072 702000))
4642 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4644 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4645 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4646 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4647 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4648 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4649 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4650 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4652 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4653 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4654 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4656 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4657 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4658 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4660 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4661 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4662 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4663 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4665 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4666 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4667 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4668 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4669 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4670 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4671 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4673 \\{conf-mode-map}
4675 \(fn)" t nil)
4677 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4678 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4679 Comments start with `#'.
4680 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4682 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4684 \[Desktop Entry]
4685 Encoding=UTF-8
4686 Name=The GIMP
4687 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4688 Name[cs]=GIMP
4690 \(fn)" t nil)
4692 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4693 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4694 Comments start with `;'.
4695 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4697 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4699 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4700 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4701 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4703 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4704 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4706 \(fn)" t nil)
4708 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4709 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4710 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4711 between `/*' and `*/'.
4712 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4714 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4715 // another kind of comment
4716 /* yet another */
4718 name:value
4719 name=value
4720 name value
4721 x.1 =
4722 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4723 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4725 \(fn)" t nil)
4727 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4728 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4729 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4730 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4731 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4732 `conf-space-keywords'.
4733 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4734 in an interactive fashion instead.
4736 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4738 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4740 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4741 image/png png
4742 image/tiff tiff tif
4744 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4745 class desktop
4746 # Standard multimedia devices
4747 add /dev/audio desktop
4748 add /dev/mixer desktop
4750 \(fn)" t nil)
4752 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4753 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4754 See `conf-space-mode'.
4756 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4758 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4759 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4760 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4761 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4763 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4765 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4766 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4768 \(fn)" t nil)
4770 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4771 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4772 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4773 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4775 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4777 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4778 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4780 \(fn)" t nil)
4782 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4783 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4784 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4785 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4787 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4789 *background: gray99
4790 *foreground: black
4792 \(fn)" t nil)
4794 ;;;***
4796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (22150 28228 674072
4797 ;;;;;; 702000))
4798 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4800 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4801 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4802 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4803 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4804 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4805 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4807 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4809 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4810 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4811 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4812 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4814 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4816 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4817 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4818 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4819 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4821 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4823 ;;;***
4825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (22150
4826 ;;;;;; 28227 374072 702000))
4827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4828 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4829 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4830 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4832 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4833 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4834 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4835 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4836 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4837 following the copyright are updated as well.
4838 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4839 interactively.
4841 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4843 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4844 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4845 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4846 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4847 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4849 \(fn)" t nil)
4851 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4852 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4854 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4856 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4857 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4858 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4860 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4862 ;;;***
4864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (22197
4865 ;;;;;; 58438 427460 447000))
4866 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4867 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4868 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4869 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4870 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4871 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4872 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4873 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4875 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4876 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4877 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4878 Tab indents for Perl code.
4879 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4880 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4882 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4883 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4884 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4885 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4886 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4887 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4888 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4889 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4890 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4891 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4892 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4893 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4895 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4897 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4898 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4900 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4902 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4903 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4904 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4905 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4906 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4907 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4908 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4909 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4910 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4912 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4914 bite if angry;
4916 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4917 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4918 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4919 to nil.)
4921 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4922 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4923 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4925 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4927 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4928 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4929 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4930 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4931 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4933 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4935 if (A) { B }
4937 into
4939 B if A;
4941 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4943 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4944 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4945 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4946 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4947 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4948 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4949 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4950 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4951 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4952 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4953 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4954 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4955 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4957 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4958 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4959 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4960 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4961 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4962 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4964 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4965 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4966 man via menu.
4968 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4969 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4970 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4971 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4972 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4974 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4975 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4976 span the needed amount of lines.
4978 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4979 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4980 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4981 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4983 Variables controlling indentation style:
4984 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4985 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4986 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4987 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4988 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4989 `cperl-auto-newline'
4990 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4991 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4992 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4993 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4994 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4995 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4996 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4997 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4998 `cperl-indent-level'
4999 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5000 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5001 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5002 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5003 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5004 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5005 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5006 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5007 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5008 `cperl-brace-offset'
5009 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5010 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5011 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5012 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5013 `cperl-label-offset'
5014 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5015 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5016 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5018 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5019 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5020 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5021 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5022 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5023 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5025 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5026 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5027 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5028 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5030 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5031 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5032 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5033 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
5034 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
5035 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5036 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5038 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5039 column 0 is indented on
5040 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5042 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5043 with no args.
5045 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5046 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5047 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5049 \(fn)" t nil)
5051 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5052 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5054 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5056 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5057 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5059 \(fn)" t nil)
5061 ;;;***
5063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (22150 28228 806072
5064 ;;;;;; 702000))
5065 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5067 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5068 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5069 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5070 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5071 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5073 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5075 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5076 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5078 \(fn)" t nil)
5080 ;;;***
5082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (22150 28227 374072
5083 ;;;;;; 702000))
5084 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5086 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5087 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5088 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5089 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5090 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5091 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5092 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5093 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5095 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5096 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5098 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5099 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5100 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5102 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5103 with empty strings removed.
5105 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5107 ;;;***
5109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (22192 2874
5110 ;;;;;; 475382 391000))
5111 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5113 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5114 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5116 \(fn)" t nil)
5117 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
5119 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5120 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
5122 \(fn)" t nil)
5124 ;;;***
5126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (22311 14139
5127 ;;;;;; 66375 715000))
5128 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5130 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5131 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5132 See the `cua-mode' command
5133 for a description of this minor mode.
5134 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5135 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5136 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5138 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5140 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5141 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5142 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5143 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5144 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5146 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5147 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5148 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5149 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5150 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5151 normal function of these prefix keys.
5153 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5154 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5155 options:
5156 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5157 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5158 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5160 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5161 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5162 the prefix fallback behavior.
5164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5166 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5167 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5169 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5171 ;;;***
5173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (22150 28227
5174 ;;;;;; 462072 702000))
5175 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5177 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5178 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5179 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5183 ;;;***
5185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5186 ;;;;;; (22309 58853 326986 699000))
5187 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
5189 (defvar cursor-sensor-inhibit nil)
5191 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5192 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
5194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5196 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5197 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
5198 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
5199 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
5200 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
5201 the cursor and DIR can be `entered' or `left' depending on whether the cursor
5202 is entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
5204 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5206 ;;;***
5208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (22383 47553 802162
5209 ;;;;;; 463000))
5210 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5212 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5213 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5215 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5217 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5218 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5220 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5222 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5223 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5225 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5227 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5228 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5230 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5231 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5233 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5234 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5236 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5238 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5240 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5241 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5242 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5244 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5245 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5247 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5248 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5250 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5251 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5253 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5255 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5257 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5258 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5259 Return VALUE.
5261 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5262 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5264 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5265 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5267 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5268 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5270 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5272 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5274 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5275 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5276 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5277 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5279 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5280 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5281 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5283 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5285 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5286 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5287 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5288 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5289 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5291 \(fn)" t nil)
5293 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5294 Customize options related to a major or minor mode.
5295 By default the current major mode is used. With a prefix
5296 argument or if the current major mode has no known group, prompt
5297 for the MODE to customize.
5299 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5301 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5302 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5303 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5305 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5307 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5308 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5310 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5312 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5314 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5315 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5317 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5319 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5321 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5322 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5323 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5325 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5327 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5328 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5329 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5330 as part of Emacs itself.
5332 Each elements looks like this:
5334 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5336 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5337 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5338 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5339 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5340 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5341 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5342 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5343 and `defface'.
5345 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5347 (add-to-list \\='customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5348 \\='(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5349 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5350 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5351 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5353 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5354 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5355 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5356 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5358 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5360 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5361 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5362 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5363 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5364 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5365 release.
5367 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5368 that were added or redefined since that version.
5370 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5372 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5373 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5374 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5375 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5377 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5379 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5380 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5382 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5384 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5385 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5386 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5388 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5389 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5391 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5393 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5394 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5396 \(fn)" t nil)
5398 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5399 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5401 \(fn)" t nil)
5403 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5404 Customize all saved options and faces.
5406 \(fn)" t nil)
5408 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5409 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5410 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5411 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5412 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5413 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5415 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5416 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5417 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5419 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5421 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5422 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5424 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5426 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5427 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5429 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5431 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5432 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5434 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5436 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
5437 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
5438 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
5439 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
5441 \(fn)" nil nil)
5443 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5444 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5445 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5446 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5447 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5448 that option.
5449 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5451 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5453 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5454 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5455 The result includes selecting that window.
5456 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5457 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5458 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5459 that option.
5461 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5463 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5464 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5466 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5468 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5469 File used for storing customization information.
5470 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5471 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5472 it should be an absolute file name.
5474 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5475 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5476 something like the following in your init file:
5478 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5479 \(load custom-file)
5481 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5482 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5484 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5485 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5486 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5487 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5488 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5490 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5491 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5492 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5493 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5494 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5495 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5496 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5497 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5498 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5499 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5501 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5503 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5504 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5506 \(fn)" nil nil)
5508 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5509 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5511 \(fn)" t nil)
5513 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5514 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5515 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5517 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5519 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5520 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5521 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5522 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5523 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5525 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5527 ;;;***
5529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (22150 28227 290072
5530 ;;;;;; 702000))
5531 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5533 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5534 Create or edit a custom theme.
5535 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5536 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5537 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5538 from the Custom save file.
5539 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5540 named *Custom Theme*.
5542 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5544 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5545 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5547 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5549 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5550 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5552 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5554 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5555 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5556 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5557 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5559 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5561 ;;;***
5563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (22150 28229
5564 ;;;;;; 250072 702000))
5565 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5567 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5568 Mode used for cvs status output.
5570 \(fn)" t nil)
5572 ;;;***
5574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (22150 28228 810072
5575 ;;;;;; 702000))
5576 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5577 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5579 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5580 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5582 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5584 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5585 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5586 C++ modes are included.
5588 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5589 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5590 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5594 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5596 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5597 Non-nil if Global Cwarn mode is enabled.
5598 See the `global-cwarn-mode' command
5599 for a description of this minor mode.
5600 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5601 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5602 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5604 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5606 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5607 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5608 With prefix ARG, enable Global Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5609 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5610 ARG is omitted or nil.
5612 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5613 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5614 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5616 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5618 ;;;***
5620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (22150
5621 ;;;;;; 28228 162072 702000))
5622 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5624 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5625 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5627 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5629 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5630 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5632 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5634 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5635 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5636 For readability, the table is slightly
5637 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5639 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5640 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5641 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5642 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5643 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5645 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5647 ;;;***
5649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (22232 11079 208267
5650 ;;;;;; 636000))
5651 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5652 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5653 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5654 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5655 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5657 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5658 Completion on current word.
5659 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5660 and presents suggestions for completion.
5662 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5663 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5664 completions.
5666 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5667 then it searches *all* buffers.
5669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5671 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5672 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5674 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5675 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5676 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5677 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5678 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5680 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5681 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5683 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5684 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5685 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5687 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5688 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5690 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5692 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5694 ;;;***
5696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (22150 28227
5697 ;;;;;; 146072 702000))
5698 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5700 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5701 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5703 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5705 ;;;***
5707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (22150 28228 354072 702000))
5708 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5710 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5711 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5712 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5713 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5714 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5716 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5718 ;;;***
5720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (22150 28228
5721 ;;;;;; 810072 702000))
5722 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5724 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5725 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5727 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5728 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5729 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5731 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5732 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5733 Data lines are not indented.
5735 Key bindings:
5737 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5738 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5740 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5741 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5742 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5743 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5745 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5747 dcl-basic-offset
5748 Extra indentation within blocks.
5750 dcl-continuation-offset
5751 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5753 dcl-margin-offset
5754 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5756 dcl-margin-label-offset
5757 Indentation for a label.
5759 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5760 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5762 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5763 dcl-block-end-regexp
5764 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5765 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5766 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5767 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5768 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5770 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5771 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5772 Two such functions are included in the package:
5773 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5774 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5776 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5777 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5778 One such function is included in the package:
5779 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5781 dcl-tab-always-indent
5782 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5783 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5784 margin.
5786 dcl-electric-characters
5787 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5788 typed.
5790 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5791 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5792 which words trigger electric indentation.
5794 dcl-tempo-comma
5795 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5796 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5797 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5799 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5800 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5801 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5802 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5804 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5805 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5806 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5807 dcl-imenu-label-call
5808 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5810 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5811 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5812 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5813 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5816 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5818 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5819 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5820 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5821 $ i = 1
5822 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5823 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5824 $ label:
5825 $ if i.eq.1
5826 $ then
5827 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5828 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5829 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5830 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5831 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5832 \"lined up with the command line\"
5833 $ type sys$input
5834 Data lines are not indented at all.
5835 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5836 $ endif
5840 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5841 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5843 \(fn)" t nil)
5845 ;;;***
5847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (22150 28227
5848 ;;;;;; 378072 702000))
5849 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5851 (setq debugger 'debug)
5853 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5854 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5855 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5856 of the evaluator.
5858 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5859 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5860 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5862 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5864 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5865 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5867 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5869 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5870 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5871 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5872 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5873 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5874 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5876 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5877 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5879 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5881 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5882 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5883 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5884 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5885 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5887 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5889 ;;;***
5891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (22150 28228
5892 ;;;;;; 674072 702000))
5893 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5895 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5896 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5898 \(fn)" t nil)
5900 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5901 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5902 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5903 Upper-case letters are commands.
5905 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5906 modify it.
5908 The most useful commands are:
5909 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5910 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5911 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5912 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5913 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5914 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5916 \(fn)" t nil)
5918 ;;;***
5920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (22150 28227 290072
5921 ;;;;;; 702000))
5922 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5923 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5925 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5926 Customization of `columns' group.
5928 \(fn)" t nil)
5930 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5931 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5933 START and END delimits the text region.
5935 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5937 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5938 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5940 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5942 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5944 ;;;***
5946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (22311 14138 978375 715000))
5947 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5949 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5951 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5952 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5953 See the `delete-selection-mode' command
5954 for a description of this minor mode.
5955 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5956 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5957 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5959 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5961 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5962 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5963 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5964 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5965 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5967 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5968 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5969 point regardless of any selection. Also, commands that normally delete
5970 just one character will delete the entire selection instead.
5972 See `delete-selection-helper' and `delete-selection-pre-hook' for
5973 information on adapting behavior of commands in Delete Selection mode.
5975 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5977 ;;;***
5979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (22229 34898
5980 ;;;;;; 796051 395000))
5981 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5983 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5984 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5986 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5988 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5989 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5990 or nil if there is no parent.
5991 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5992 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5993 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5994 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5995 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5997 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5998 arguments are currently understood:
5999 :group GROUP
6000 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6001 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6002 :syntax-table TABLE
6003 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
6004 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6005 :abbrev-table TABLE
6006 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
6007 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6009 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6011 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6013 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6014 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6015 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6017 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6018 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6020 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6021 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6022 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6024 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6025 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6027 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6028 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6030 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6032 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6034 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6036 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6037 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6038 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6039 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6040 the first time the mode is used.
6042 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6044 ;;;***
6046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (22338 59064 750791
6047 ;;;;;; 248000))
6048 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6050 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6051 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6052 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6053 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6054 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6055 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6056 otherwise.
6058 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6060 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6061 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6062 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6063 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6065 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6066 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6067 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6069 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6070 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6071 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6072 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6073 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6074 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6075 relevant to POS.
6077 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6079 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6080 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6082 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6083 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6084 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6085 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6086 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6087 minibuffer window for width limit.
6089 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6090 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6092 \(fn)" nil nil)
6094 ;;;***
6096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (22348 8503 57396 683000))
6097 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6099 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6100 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6101 See the `desktop-save-mode' command
6102 for a description of this minor mode.
6103 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6104 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6105 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6107 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6109 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6110 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6111 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6112 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6113 is omitted or nil.
6115 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6116 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6117 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6118 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6120 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `\\[desktop-save]'.
6121 To load it, use `\\[desktop-read]'.
6123 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6124 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6126 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6128 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6130 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6132 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6133 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6134 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6135 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6137 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6139 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6140 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6142 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6143 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6144 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6146 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6147 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6149 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6150 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6151 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6153 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6154 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6155 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6156 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6158 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6160 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6161 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6163 Handlers are called with argument list
6165 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6167 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6169 `desktop-file-version'
6170 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6171 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6172 `desktop-buffer-point'
6173 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6174 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6175 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6177 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6178 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6180 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6181 code like
6183 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6185 (add-to-list \\='desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6186 \\='(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6188 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6189 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6190 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
6192 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6194 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6195 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6196 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6197 List elements must have the form
6199 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6201 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6202 function.
6204 Handlers are called with argument list
6206 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6208 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6210 `desktop-file-version'
6211 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6212 `desktop-buffer-name'
6213 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6214 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6215 `desktop-buffer-point'
6216 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6217 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6218 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6220 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6221 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6222 created and set.
6224 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6225 code like
6227 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6229 (add-to-list \\='desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6230 \\='(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6232 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6233 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6234 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
6236 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6238 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6240 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6241 Empty the Desktop.
6242 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6243 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6244 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6245 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6246 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6247 if different).
6249 \(fn)" t nil)
6251 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6252 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6253 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6254 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this
6255 desktop. If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current
6256 desktop information to that in the desktop file, and if the
6257 desktop information has not changed since it was last saved then
6258 do not rewrite the file.
6260 This function can save the desktop in either format version
6261 208 (which only Emacs 25.1 and later can read) or version
6262 206 (which is readable by any Emacs from version 22.1 onwards).
6263 By default, it will use the same format the desktop file had when
6264 it was last saved, or version 208 when writing a fresh desktop
6265 file.
6267 To upgrade a version 206 file to version 208, call this command
6268 explicitly with a bare prefix argument: C-u M-x desktop-save.
6269 You are recommended to do this once you have firmly upgraded to
6270 Emacs 25.1 (or later). To downgrade a version 208 file to version
6271 206, use a double command prefix: C-u C-u M-x desktop-save.
6272 Confirmation will be requested in either case. In a non-interactive
6273 call, VERSION can be given as an integer, either 206 or 208, which
6274 will be accepted as the format version in which to save the file
6275 without further confirmation.
6277 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED VERSION)" t nil)
6279 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6280 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6281 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6283 \(fn)" t nil)
6285 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6286 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6287 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6288 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6289 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6290 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6291 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6292 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6294 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6296 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6297 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6298 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6300 \(fn)" nil nil)
6302 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6304 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6305 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6306 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6307 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6308 directory DIRNAME.
6310 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6312 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6313 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6315 \(fn)" t nil)
6317 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6318 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6320 \(fn)" t nil)
6322 ;;;***
6324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (22150 28227
6325 ;;;;;; 658072 702000))
6326 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6328 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6329 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6330 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6331 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6332 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6333 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6335 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6337 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6338 Repair a broken attribution line.
6339 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6341 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6343 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6344 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6345 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6346 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6348 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6350 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6351 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6353 \(fn)" t nil)
6355 ;;;***
6357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (22192
6358 ;;;;;; 2880 939382 391000))
6359 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6361 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6362 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6363 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6364 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6365 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6367 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6369 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6370 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6371 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6372 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6374 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6375 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6376 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6377 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6379 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6380 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6382 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6383 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6384 calendar-date-style \\='european
6385 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6387 \(diary-mail-entries)
6389 # diary-rem.el ends here
6391 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6393 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6394 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6396 \(fn)" t nil)
6398 ;;;***
6400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (22308 37947 246422 527000))
6401 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6403 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
6404 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6406 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6408 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6409 The command to use to run diff.")
6411 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6413 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6414 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6415 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6416 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6417 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6418 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6420 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6421 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6422 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6424 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6426 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6427 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6428 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6429 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6430 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6431 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6433 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6435 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6436 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6438 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6440 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6441 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6442 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6444 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6446 ;;;***
6448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (22150 28229
6449 ;;;;;; 250072 702000))
6450 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6452 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6453 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6454 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6455 normal diffs.
6457 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6458 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6459 headers for you on-the-fly.
6461 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6462 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6463 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6465 \\{diff-mode-map}
6467 \(fn)" t nil)
6469 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6470 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6471 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6472 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6473 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6475 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6479 ;;;***
6481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (22150 28228 354072 702000))
6482 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6484 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6485 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6486 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6488 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6490 ;;;***
6492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (22313 55864 533239 164000))
6493 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6495 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6496 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6497 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6498 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6499 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6500 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6501 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6502 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6504 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6506 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6507 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6508 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6509 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6510 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6511 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6513 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6514 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6515 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6516 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6518 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
6519 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
6521 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
6522 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
6523 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
6524 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
6525 listing have no effect.
6527 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6528 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6529 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6531 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6533 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6534 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6536 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6537 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6539 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6540 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6542 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6543 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6545 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6547 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6548 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6550 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6552 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6553 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6554 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6555 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6556 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6557 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6558 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6559 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6560 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6561 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6562 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6563 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6564 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6565 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6566 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6567 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6568 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6569 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6570 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6571 to see why something went wrong.
6572 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6573 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6574 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6575 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6576 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6577 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6578 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6579 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6580 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6581 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6582 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6583 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6584 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6586 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6587 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6588 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6589 again for the directory tree.
6591 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6592 for more info):
6594 `dired-listing-switches'
6595 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6596 `dired-marker-char'
6597 `dired-del-marker'
6598 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6599 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6600 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6601 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6603 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6605 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6606 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6607 `dired-mode-hook'
6608 `dired-load-hook'
6610 Keybindings:
6611 \\{dired-mode-map}
6613 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6614 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6616 ;;;***
6618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (22150 28227 310072
6619 ;;;;;; 702000))
6620 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6622 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6623 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6624 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6625 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6626 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6628 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6629 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6630 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6632 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6633 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6634 directory.
6636 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6638 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6639 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6640 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6641 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6642 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6643 from `default-directory'.
6645 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6647 ;;;***
6649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (22270 22707
6650 ;;;;;; 603851 575000))
6651 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6653 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6654 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6655 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6656 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6657 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6658 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6660 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6662 ;;;***
6664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (22150 28227 310072
6665 ;;;;;; 702000))
6666 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6668 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6669 Return a new, empty display table.
6671 \(fn)" nil nil)
6673 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6674 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6675 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6676 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6677 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6679 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6681 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6682 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6683 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6684 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6685 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6687 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6689 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6690 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6692 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6694 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6695 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6697 \(fn)" t nil)
6699 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6700 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6702 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6703 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6705 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6706 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6707 byte.
6709 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6710 in the default way after this call.
6712 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6714 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6715 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6717 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6719 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6720 Display character C using printable string S.
6722 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6724 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6725 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6726 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6727 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6729 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6731 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6732 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6733 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6734 X frame.
6736 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6738 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6739 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6741 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6743 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6744 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6746 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6748 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6749 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6751 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6753 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6754 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6756 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6758 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6759 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6761 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6763 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6764 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6766 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6767 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6769 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6770 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6772 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6773 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6774 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6775 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6777 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6778 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6779 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6780 in `.emacs'.
6782 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6784 ;;;***
6786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (22150 28228
6787 ;;;;;; 674072 702000))
6788 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6790 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6791 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6792 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6793 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6794 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6795 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6796 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6797 Default is 2.
6799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6801 ;;;***
6803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (22150 28227 314072 702000))
6804 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6806 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6807 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6808 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6809 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6810 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6811 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6812 private or ask).
6813 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6814 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6815 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6816 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6817 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6819 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6821 ;;;***
6823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (22150 28229
6824 ;;;;;; 98072 702000))
6825 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6827 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6828 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6829 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6830 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6831 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6832 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6833 table and its own syntax table.
6835 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6837 \(fn)" t nil)
6838 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6840 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6841 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6843 \(fn)" t nil)
6845 ;;;***
6847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (22253 13631 322961
6848 ;;;;;; 36000))
6849 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6851 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6852 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6853 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6854 OpenDocument format).
6856 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6858 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6859 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6861 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6862 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6864 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6865 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6866 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6868 \(fn)" t nil)
6870 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6871 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6872 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6873 to the next best mode.
6875 \(fn)" nil nil)
6877 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6878 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6879 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6880 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6881 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6883 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6885 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6887 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6890 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6892 ;;;***
6894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (22150 28228 678072
6895 ;;;;;; 702000))
6896 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6898 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6899 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6901 \(fn)" t nil)
6903 ;;;***
6905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (22150 28227 318072 702000))
6906 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6908 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6909 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6910 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6911 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6912 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6914 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6915 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6917 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6919 ;;;***
6921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (22160 10656 10679
6922 ;;;;;; 927000))
6923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6924 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
6926 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6927 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6929 \(fn)" t nil)
6931 ;;;***
6933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (22311
6934 ;;;;;; 14139 6375 715000))
6935 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6937 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6939 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6940 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6941 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6942 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6943 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6945 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6946 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6947 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6948 and disables it otherwise.
6950 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6951 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6952 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6953 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6955 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6956 documenting what its argument does.
6958 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6959 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6960 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6961 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6962 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6963 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6964 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6965 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6967 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6968 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6969 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6970 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
6971 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
6972 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
6973 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
6974 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
6975 the minor mode is global):
6977 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6978 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6979 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6980 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6981 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6982 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6983 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6984 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6985 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6986 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6987 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6988 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6989 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6990 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6991 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6992 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6993 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6994 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6995 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6996 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6997 in :variable).
6999 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
7000 have been run. It should not be quoted.
7002 For example, you could write
7003 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7004 :lighter \" Foo\" :require \\='foo :global t :group \\='hassle :version \"27.5\"
7005 ...BODY CODE...)
7007 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
7009 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7011 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7013 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7015 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7016 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7017 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7018 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7019 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7020 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7021 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7022 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7023 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7024 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7025 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7026 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7028 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7029 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7030 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7031 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7032 call another major mode in their body.
7034 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
7035 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
7036 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
7038 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
7040 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7042 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7043 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7044 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7045 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7046 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7047 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7048 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7050 Valid keywords and arguments are:
7052 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
7053 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
7054 :inherit Parent keymap.
7055 :group Ignored.
7056 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
7057 `nodigits' to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
7059 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7061 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7062 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
7063 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
7064 the constant's documentation.
7066 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7068 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7069 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7070 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7072 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7074 ;;;***
7076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (22150
7077 ;;;;;; 28227 398072 702000))
7078 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7080 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7081 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
7082 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7083 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7085 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7086 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7087 as a top-level menu bar item.
7089 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7090 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7091 pairs:
7093 :filter FUNCTION
7094 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7095 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7096 items to actually display.
7098 :visible INCLUDE
7099 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7100 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7101 alias for `:visible'.
7103 :active ENABLE
7104 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7105 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7106 an alias for `:active'.
7108 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7109 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7111 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7113 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7115 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7116 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7118 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7119 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7121 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7123 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7125 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7126 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7128 :keys KEYS
7129 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7130 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7131 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7132 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7134 :key-sequence KEYS
7135 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7136 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7137 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7138 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7140 :active ENABLE
7141 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7142 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7143 alias for `:active'.
7145 :visible INCLUDE
7146 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7147 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7148 `:visible'.
7150 :label FORM
7151 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7152 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7154 :suffix FORM
7155 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7156 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7158 :style STYLE
7159 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7160 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7161 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7163 :selected SELECTED
7164 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7165 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7167 :help HELP
7168 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7170 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7171 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7172 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7174 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7175 MENU. This is a submenu.
7177 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7179 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7181 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7184 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7186 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7187 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7188 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7189 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7191 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7193 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7194 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7195 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7196 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7197 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7198 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7200 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7201 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7202 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7204 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7205 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7206 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7208 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7209 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7211 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7213 ;;;***
7215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (22150 28228
7216 ;;;;;; 814072 702000))
7217 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7218 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7220 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7221 Customization for ebnf group.
7223 \(fn)" t nil)
7225 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7226 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7228 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7230 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7231 processed.
7233 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7235 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7237 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7238 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7240 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7241 killed after process termination.
7243 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7245 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7247 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7248 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7250 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7251 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7252 it to the printer.
7254 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7255 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7256 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7257 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7259 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7261 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7262 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7263 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7265 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7267 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7268 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7270 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7272 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7273 processed.
7275 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7277 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7279 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7280 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7282 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7283 killed after process termination.
7285 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7287 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7289 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7290 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7291 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7292 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7294 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7296 \(fn)" t nil)
7298 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7299 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7300 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7302 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7304 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7306 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7307 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7309 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7311 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7312 processed.
7314 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7316 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7318 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7319 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7321 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7322 killed after EPS generation.
7324 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7326 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7328 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7329 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7331 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7332 The EPS file name has the following form:
7334 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7336 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7337 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7339 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7340 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7341 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7342 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7343 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7345 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7346 files.
7348 \(fn)" t nil)
7350 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7351 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7353 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7354 The EPS file name has the following form:
7356 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7358 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7359 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7361 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7362 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7363 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7364 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7365 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7367 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7368 files.
7370 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7372 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7374 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7375 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7377 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7379 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7380 are processed.
7382 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7384 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7386 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7387 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7389 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7390 killed after syntax checking.
7392 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7394 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7396 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7397 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7399 \(fn)" t nil)
7401 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7402 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7404 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7406 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7407 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7409 \(fn)" nil nil)
7411 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7412 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7414 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7416 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7418 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7419 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7421 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7423 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7425 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7426 Delete style NAME.
7428 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7430 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7432 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7433 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7435 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7437 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7439 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7440 Set STYLE as the current style.
7442 Returns the old style symbol.
7444 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7446 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7448 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7449 Reset current style.
7451 Returns the old style symbol.
7453 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7455 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7457 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7458 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7460 Returns the old style symbol.
7462 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7464 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7466 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7468 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7469 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7471 Returns the old style symbol.
7473 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7475 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7477 \(fn)" t nil)
7479 ;;;***
7481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (22150 28228
7482 ;;;;;; 814072 702000))
7483 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7485 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7486 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7487 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7488 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7489 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7490 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7492 Tree mode key bindings:
7493 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7495 \(fn)" t nil)
7497 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7498 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7500 \(fn)" t nil)
7502 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7503 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7505 \(fn)" t nil)
7507 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7508 View declaration of member at point.
7510 \(fn)" t nil)
7512 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7513 Find declaration of member at point.
7515 \(fn)" t nil)
7517 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7518 View definition of member at point.
7520 \(fn)" t nil)
7522 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7523 Find definition of member at point.
7525 \(fn)" t nil)
7527 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7528 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7530 \(fn)" t nil)
7532 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7533 View definition of member at point in other window.
7535 \(fn)" t nil)
7537 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7538 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7540 \(fn)" t nil)
7542 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7543 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7545 \(fn)" t nil)
7547 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7548 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7550 \(fn)" t nil)
7552 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7553 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7555 \(fn)" t nil)
7557 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7558 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7559 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7560 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7561 completion.
7563 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7565 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7566 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7567 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7568 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7570 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7572 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7573 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7574 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7575 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7577 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7579 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7580 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7581 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7583 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7585 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7586 Search for call sites of a member.
7587 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7588 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7589 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7590 looks like a function call to the member.
7592 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7594 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7595 Move backward in the position stack.
7596 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7598 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7600 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7601 Move forward in the position stack.
7602 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7604 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7606 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7607 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7609 \(fn)" t nil)
7611 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7612 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7614 \(fn)" t nil)
7616 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7617 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7618 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7619 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7621 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7623 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7624 Display statistics for a class tree.
7626 \(fn)" t nil)
7628 ;;;***
7630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (22150 28227 318072
7631 ;;;;;; 702000))
7632 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7634 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7635 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7636 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7637 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7638 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7639 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7640 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7642 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7644 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7645 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7646 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7647 also has this effect.
7648 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7649 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7650 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7651 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7652 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7653 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7654 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7655 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7656 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7657 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7659 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7661 ;;;***
7663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (22150 28227 318072
7664 ;;;;;; 702000))
7665 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7667 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7668 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7669 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7671 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7673 ;;;***
7675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (22150 28227
7676 ;;;;;; 658072 702000))
7677 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7679 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7682 \(fn)" nil nil)
7684 ;;;***
7686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (22189 64323 68321 19000))
7687 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7688 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7690 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7691 Non-nil if Global Ede mode is enabled.
7692 See the `global-ede-mode' command
7693 for a description of this minor mode.
7694 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7695 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7696 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7698 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7700 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7701 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7702 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7703 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7704 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7706 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7707 an EDE controlled project.
7709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7711 ;;;***
7713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (22189 64323
7714 ;;;;;; 92321 19000))
7715 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7717 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7718 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7719 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7720 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7721 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7723 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7724 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7725 \(make-local-variable \\='edebug-all-defs) in your
7726 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7728 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7730 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7731 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7732 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7733 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7735 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7737 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7738 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7739 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7740 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7742 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7744 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7746 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7747 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7748 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7749 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7750 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7752 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7753 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7754 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7755 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7756 instrumented for Edebug.
7758 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7759 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7760 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7761 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7762 already is one.)
7764 \(fn)" t nil)
7766 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7767 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7769 \(fn)" t nil)
7771 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7772 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7774 \(fn)" t nil)
7776 ;;;***
7778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (22150 28229 274072 702000))
7779 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7780 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7782 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7783 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7785 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7787 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7788 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7790 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7792 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7794 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7796 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7797 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7798 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7799 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7801 \(fn)" t nil)
7803 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7804 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7805 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7806 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7808 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7810 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7811 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7813 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7815 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7817 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7818 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7820 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7822 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7824 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7825 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7826 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7827 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7829 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7831 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7833 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7834 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7835 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7836 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7838 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7840 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7842 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7843 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7844 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7845 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7847 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7849 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7851 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7852 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7853 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7854 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7856 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7858 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7860 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7861 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7862 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7863 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7864 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7865 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7867 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7869 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7870 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7871 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7872 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7874 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7876 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7878 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7879 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7880 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7881 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7883 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7885 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7887 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7889 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7890 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7891 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7892 follows:
7893 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7894 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7896 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7898 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7899 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7900 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7901 follows:
7902 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7903 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7905 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7907 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7908 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7909 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7910 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7911 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7913 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7915 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7916 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7917 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7918 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7919 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7920 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7922 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7924 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7926 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7927 Merge two files without ancestor.
7929 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7931 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7932 Merge two files with ancestor.
7934 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7936 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7938 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7939 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7941 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7943 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7944 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7946 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7948 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7949 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7950 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7951 buffer.
7953 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7955 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7956 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7957 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7958 buffer.
7960 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7962 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7963 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7964 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7965 and don't ask the user.
7966 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7967 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7969 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7971 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7972 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7973 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7974 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7975 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7976 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7977 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7978 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7980 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7982 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7984 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7986 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7987 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7988 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7989 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7990 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7992 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7994 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7996 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7997 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7998 When called interactively, displays the version.
8000 \(fn)" t nil)
8002 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
8003 Display Ediff's manual.
8004 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8006 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8008 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
8011 \(fn)" nil nil)
8013 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
8016 \(fn)" nil nil)
8018 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
8021 \(fn)" nil nil)
8023 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
8026 \(fn)" nil nil)
8028 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
8031 \(fn)" nil nil)
8033 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
8036 \(fn)" nil nil)
8038 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
8041 \(fn)" nil nil)
8043 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
8046 \(fn)" nil nil)
8048 ;;;***
8050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (22150 28229
8051 ;;;;;; 254072 702000))
8052 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
8054 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
8057 \(fn)" t nil)
8059 ;;;***
8061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (22189 64323
8062 ;;;;;; 332321 19000))
8063 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
8065 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8066 Display Ediff's registry.
8068 \(fn)" t nil)
8070 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8072 ;;;***
8074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (22150 28229
8075 ;;;;;; 270072 702000))
8076 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
8078 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8079 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8080 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8081 which see.
8083 \(fn)" t nil)
8085 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8086 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8087 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8088 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8090 \(fn)" t nil)
8092 ;;;***
8094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (22150 28227 318072
8095 ;;;;;; 702000))
8096 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8097 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
8099 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8100 Edit a keyboard macro.
8101 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8102 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8103 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `\\[execute-extended-command]' to edit a macro by
8104 its command name.
8105 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8107 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8109 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8110 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8112 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8114 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8115 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8117 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8119 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8120 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8121 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8122 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8123 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8124 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8126 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8127 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8128 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8129 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8131 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8133 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8134 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8135 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8136 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8137 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8138 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8140 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8142 ;;;***
8144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (22204 31687 809113
8145 ;;;;;; 480000))
8146 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8148 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8149 Set scroll margins.
8150 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8151 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8153 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8155 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8156 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8158 \(fn)" t nil)
8160 ;;;***
8162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (22150 28227 318072 702000))
8163 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8165 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8166 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8167 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8168 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8169 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8170 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8171 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8173 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8174 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8176 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8177 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8178 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8179 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8181 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8182 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8183 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8185 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8186 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8187 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8189 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8191 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8194 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8196 ;;;***
8198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (22321 50034
8199 ;;;;;; 860789 707000))
8200 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8201 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8203 ;;;***
8205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (22150
8206 ;;;;;; 28612 762072 702000))
8207 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8208 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8210 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8211 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8212 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8213 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8214 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8215 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8216 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8218 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8220 ;;;***
8222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (22150 28227 322072
8223 ;;;;;; 702000))
8224 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8226 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8227 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8229 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8230 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8231 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8233 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8235 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8236 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8237 See the `electric-pair-mode' command
8238 for a description of this minor mode.
8239 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8240 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8241 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8243 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8245 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8246 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8247 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8248 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8249 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8251 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8252 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8253 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
8254 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
8256 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8258 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
8259 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
8261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8263 ;;;***
8265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (22150 28227 322072
8266 ;;;;;; 702000))
8267 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8269 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8270 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8272 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8273 an elided material again.
8275 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8279 ;;;***
8281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (22150 28227
8282 ;;;;;; 422072 702000))
8283 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8285 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8286 Lint the file FILE.
8288 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8290 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8291 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8292 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8294 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8296 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8297 Lint the current buffer.
8298 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8300 \(fn)" t nil)
8302 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8303 Lint the function at point.
8304 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8306 \(fn)" t nil)
8308 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8309 Initialize elint.
8310 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8311 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8313 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8315 ;;;***
8317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (22150 28227 422072
8318 ;;;;;; 702000))
8319 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8321 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8322 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8323 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8325 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8327 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8328 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8329 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8330 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8332 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8334 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8335 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8336 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8338 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8340 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8342 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8343 Display current profiling results.
8344 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8345 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8346 displayed.
8348 \(fn)" t nil)
8350 ;;;***
8352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (22150 28227 458072
8353 ;;;;;; 702000))
8354 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8356 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8357 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8358 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8359 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8360 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8361 ARG is omitted or nil.
8363 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8364 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8365 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8366 used instead.
8368 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8370 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8371 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8372 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8374 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8378 ;;;***
8380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (22150 28228
8381 ;;;;;; 226072 702000))
8382 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8384 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8385 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8386 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8388 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8390 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8392 ;;;***
8394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (22086 11930 378062
8395 ;;;;;; 731000))
8396 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8398 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8399 Run Emerge on two files.
8401 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8403 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8404 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8406 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8408 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8409 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8411 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8413 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8414 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8416 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8418 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8421 \(fn)" nil nil)
8423 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8426 \(fn)" nil nil)
8428 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8431 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8433 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8436 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8438 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8439 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8441 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8443 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8444 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8446 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8448 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8451 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8453 ;;;***
8455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (22150 28229
8456 ;;;;;; 98072 702000))
8457 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8459 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8460 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8461 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8462 text/enriched format.
8464 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8465 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8466 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8468 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8470 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8471 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8473 Commands:
8475 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8479 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8482 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8484 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8487 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8489 ;;;***
8491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (22150 28227 482072 702000))
8492 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8494 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8495 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8497 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8499 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8500 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8502 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8504 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8505 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8506 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8507 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8508 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8509 the keys are listed.
8510 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8512 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8514 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8515 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8516 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8518 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8520 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8521 Verify FILE.
8523 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8525 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8526 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8528 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8530 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8531 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8533 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8535 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8536 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8538 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8539 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8540 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8541 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8543 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8544 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8545 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8546 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8547 should consider using the string based counterpart
8548 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8549 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8551 For example:
8553 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8554 (decode-coding-string
8555 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8556 \\='utf-8))
8558 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8560 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8561 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8563 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8564 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8566 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8568 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8570 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8571 Verify the current region between START and END.
8573 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8574 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8575 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8576 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8577 should consider using the string based counterpart
8578 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8579 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8581 For example:
8583 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8584 (decode-coding-string
8585 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8586 \\='utf-8))
8588 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8590 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8592 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8593 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8594 between START and END.
8596 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8597 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8599 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8601 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8603 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8604 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8606 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8607 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8608 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8609 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8610 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8611 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8613 For example:
8615 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8616 (epg-sign-string
8617 context
8618 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)))
8620 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8622 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8624 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8625 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8627 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8628 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8629 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8630 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8631 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8632 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8634 For example:
8636 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8637 (epg-encrypt-string
8638 context
8639 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)
8640 nil))
8642 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8644 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8646 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8647 Delete selected KEYS.
8649 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8651 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8652 Import keys from FILE.
8654 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8656 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8657 Import keys from the region.
8659 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8661 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8662 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8663 between START and END.
8665 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8667 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8668 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8670 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8672 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8673 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8675 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8677 ;;;***
8679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (22150 28227 478072
8680 ;;;;;; 702000))
8681 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8683 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8684 Decrypt marked files.
8686 \(fn)" t nil)
8688 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8689 Verify marked files.
8691 \(fn)" t nil)
8693 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8694 Sign marked files.
8696 \(fn)" t nil)
8698 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8699 Encrypt marked files.
8701 \(fn)" t nil)
8703 ;;;***
8705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (22150 28227 482072
8706 ;;;;;; 702000))
8707 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8709 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8712 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8714 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8717 \(fn)" t nil)
8719 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8722 \(fn)" t nil)
8724 ;;;***
8726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (22150 28227 482072
8727 ;;;;;; 702000))
8728 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8730 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8731 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8732 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8733 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8734 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8738 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8739 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8740 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8742 \(fn)" t nil)
8744 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8746 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8747 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8748 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8750 \(fn)" t nil)
8752 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8754 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8755 Sign the current buffer.
8756 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8758 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8760 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8762 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8763 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8764 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8765 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8766 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8767 and also whether and how to sign.
8769 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8770 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8771 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8773 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8775 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8777 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8778 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8779 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8781 \(fn)" t nil)
8783 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8785 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8786 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8787 See the `epa-global-mail-mode' command
8788 for a description of this minor mode.
8789 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8790 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8791 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8793 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8795 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8796 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8797 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8798 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8799 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8803 ;;;***
8805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (22217 43732 468164 355000))
8806 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8807 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8809 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8810 Return a context object.
8812 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8814 ;;;***
8816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (22334 62023 634741
8817 ;;;;;; 204000))
8818 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8820 (autoload 'epg-find-configuration "epg-config" "\
8821 Find or create a usable configuration to handle PROTOCOL.
8822 This function first looks at the existing configuration found by
8823 the previous invocation of this function, unless FORCE is non-nil.
8825 Then it walks through `epg-config--program-alist'. If
8826 `epg-gpg-program' or `epg-gpgsm-program' is already set with
8827 custom, use it. Otherwise, it tries the programs listed in the
8828 entry until the version requirement is met.
8830 \(fn PROTOCOL &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8832 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8833 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8835 \(fn)" nil nil)
8837 (make-obsolete 'epg-configuration 'epg-find-configuration '"25.1")
8839 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8840 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8842 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8844 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8845 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8847 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8849 ;;;***
8851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (22197 58438 151460 447000))
8852 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8853 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8855 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8856 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8858 \(fn)" nil nil)
8860 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8861 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8862 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8864 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8866 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8867 (server (erc-compute-server))
8868 (port (erc-compute-port))
8869 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8870 password
8871 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8873 That is, if called with
8875 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8877 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8878 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8879 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8881 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8883 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8885 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8886 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8887 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8889 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8891 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8892 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8893 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8894 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8896 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8898 ;;;***
8900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (22150
8901 ;;;;;; 28227 506072 702000))
8902 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8903 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8905 ;;;***
8907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (22195 16710
8908 ;;;;;; 391344 967000))
8909 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8910 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8912 ;;;***
8914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (22150 28227
8915 ;;;;;; 510072 702000))
8916 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8917 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8919 ;;;***
8921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (22150 28227
8922 ;;;;;; 510072 702000))
8923 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8924 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8926 ;;;***
8928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (22150 28227 510072
8929 ;;;;;; 702000))
8930 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8931 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8933 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8934 Parser for /dcc command.
8935 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8936 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8937 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8939 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8941 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8942 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8944 \(fn)" nil nil)
8946 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8947 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8949 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8950 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8951 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8952 that subcommand.
8954 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8956 ;;;***
8958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8959 ;;;;;; (22150 28227 510072 702000))
8960 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8961 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8963 ;;;***
8965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (22150
8966 ;;;;;; 28227 510072 702000))
8967 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8969 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8970 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8972 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8974 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8975 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8976 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8977 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
8979 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8981 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8984 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8986 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8987 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8989 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8991 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8992 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8994 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8996 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8997 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8999 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9001 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9002 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9004 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9006 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9007 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9009 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9011 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
9012 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9014 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9016 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9017 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9019 \(fn)" nil nil)
9021 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9022 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9024 \(fn)" nil nil)
9026 ;;;***
9028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (22150 28227 510072
9029 ;;;;;; 702000))
9030 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9031 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9033 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9034 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9035 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9037 \(fn)" nil nil)
9039 ;;;***
9041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (22150 28227
9042 ;;;;;; 510072 702000))
9043 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9044 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9046 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9047 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9048 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9049 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9050 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9051 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9052 system.
9054 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9056 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9059 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9061 ;;;***
9063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (22150 28227
9064 ;;;;;; 514072 702000))
9065 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9067 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9070 \(fn)" nil nil)
9072 ;;;***
9074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (22150 28227 514072
9075 ;;;;;; 702000))
9076 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9077 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9079 ;;;***
9081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (22150 28227 514072
9082 ;;;;;; 702000))
9083 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9084 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9086 ;;;***
9088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (22150 28227 514072
9089 ;;;;;; 702000))
9090 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9091 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9093 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9094 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9095 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9096 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9097 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9098 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9100 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9102 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9103 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9104 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9105 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9107 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9108 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9109 automatically.
9111 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9112 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9114 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9116 ;;;***
9118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (22150 28227
9119 ;;;;;; 514072 702000))
9120 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9121 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9123 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9124 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9126 \(fn)" t nil)
9128 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9129 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9131 \(fn)" t nil)
9133 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9134 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9136 \(fn)" t nil)
9138 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9139 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9141 \(fn)" t nil)
9143 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9144 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9146 \(fn)" t nil)
9148 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9149 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9151 \(fn)" t nil)
9153 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9154 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9156 \(fn)" t nil)
9158 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9159 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9161 \(fn)" t nil)
9163 ;;;***
9165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (22150 28227 514072
9166 ;;;;;; 702000))
9167 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9168 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9170 ;;;***
9172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (22150
9173 ;;;;;; 28227 514072 702000))
9174 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9175 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9177 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9178 Show who's gone.
9180 \(fn)" nil nil)
9182 ;;;***
9184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (22189
9185 ;;;;;; 64323 128321 19000))
9186 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9188 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9189 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9190 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9191 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9193 \(fn)" nil nil)
9195 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9196 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9198 \(fn)" t nil)
9200 ;;;***
9202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (22150 28227
9203 ;;;;;; 518072 702000))
9204 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9205 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9207 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9208 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9209 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9210 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9212 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9214 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9217 \(fn)" nil nil)
9219 ;;;***
9221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (22150 28227 518072
9222 ;;;;;; 702000))
9223 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9224 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9226 ;;;***
9228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (22195
9229 ;;;;;; 16710 595344 967000))
9230 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9231 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9233 ;;;***
9235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (22150 28227
9236 ;;;;;; 518072 702000))
9237 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9238 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9240 ;;;***
9242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (22150 28227 518072
9243 ;;;;;; 702000))
9244 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9245 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9247 ;;;***
9249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (22150
9250 ;;;;;; 28227 518072 702000))
9251 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9252 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9254 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9255 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9257 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9259 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9260 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9261 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9263 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9265 ;;;***
9267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (22150 28227
9268 ;;;;;; 518072 702000))
9269 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9270 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9272 ;;;***
9274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (22150
9275 ;;;;;; 28227 518072 702000))
9276 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9278 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9279 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9280 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9282 \(fn)" t nil)
9284 ;;;***
9286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (22150
9287 ;;;;;; 28227 518072 702000))
9288 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9289 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9291 ;;;***
9293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (22150 28227
9294 ;;;;;; 518072 702000))
9295 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9296 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9298 ;;;***
9300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (22195 16710
9301 ;;;;;; 599344 967000))
9302 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9304 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9305 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9306 See the `erc-track-minor-mode' command
9307 for a description of this minor mode.")
9309 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9311 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9312 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9313 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9314 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9315 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9317 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9318 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9319 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9320 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9322 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9323 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9325 ;;;***
9327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (22150
9328 ;;;;;; 28227 522072 702000))
9329 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9330 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9332 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9333 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9334 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9335 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9337 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9339 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9340 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9341 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9343 \(fn)" t nil)
9345 ;;;***
9347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (22150 28227 522072
9348 ;;;;;; 702000))
9349 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9350 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9352 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9353 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9355 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9357 ;;;***
9359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (22182 4679 395463
9360 ;;;;;; 499000))
9361 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9363 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9364 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9366 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9367 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9369 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9370 useful for assertions in BODY.
9372 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9374 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9375 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9376 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9378 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags \\='(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil t)
9380 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9382 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9384 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9386 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9388 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9389 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9391 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9392 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9393 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9394 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9396 Returns the stats object.
9398 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9400 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9401 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9403 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9404 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9405 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9406 the tests).
9408 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9410 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9411 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9413 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9414 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9415 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9416 and how to display message.
9418 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9420 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9422 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9423 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9425 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9427 ;;;***
9429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (22150 28227
9430 ;;;;;; 426072 702000))
9431 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9433 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9435 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9436 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9438 \(fn)" t nil)
9440 ;;;***
9442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (22150 28227
9443 ;;;;;; 542072 702000))
9444 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9446 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9447 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9449 \(fn)" t nil)
9451 ;;;***
9453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (22150 28227 542072
9454 ;;;;;; 702000))
9455 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9456 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9458 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9459 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9460 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9461 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9462 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9463 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9464 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9465 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9466 buffer selected (or created).
9468 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9470 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9471 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9472 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9474 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9476 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9477 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9478 The result might be any Lisp object.
9479 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9480 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9481 corresponding to a successful execution.
9483 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9485 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9487 ;;;***
9489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (22315 11204 909560
9490 ;;;;;; 191000))
9491 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9493 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9494 File name of tags table.
9495 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9496 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9497 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9498 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9499 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9501 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9502 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9503 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9504 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9506 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9508 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9509 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9510 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9511 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9512 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9513 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9515 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9517 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9518 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9519 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9521 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9523 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9524 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9525 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9526 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9527 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9529 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9531 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9532 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9533 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9534 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9536 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9538 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9539 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9540 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9541 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9542 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9544 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9546 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9547 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9549 \(fn)" t nil)
9551 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9552 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9553 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9554 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9556 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9557 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9558 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9559 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9560 file the tag was in.
9562 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9564 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9565 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9566 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9567 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9568 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9569 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9570 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9571 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9572 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9574 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9576 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9577 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9578 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9579 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9580 without directory names.
9582 \(fn)" nil nil)
9584 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
9587 \(fn)" nil nil)
9588 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9589 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9590 (progn
9591 (load "etags")
9592 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9594 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9595 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9596 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9597 but does not select the buffer.
9598 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9600 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9601 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9602 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9603 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9604 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9606 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9608 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9609 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9610 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9612 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9614 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9616 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9617 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9618 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9619 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9621 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9622 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9623 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9624 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9625 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9627 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9629 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9630 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9631 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9633 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9635 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9637 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
9639 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9640 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9641 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9642 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9643 around or before point.
9645 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9646 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9647 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9648 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9649 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9651 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9653 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9654 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9655 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9657 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9659 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9661 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
9663 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9664 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9665 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9666 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9667 around or before point.
9669 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9670 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9671 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9672 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9673 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9675 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9677 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9678 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9679 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9681 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9683 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9685 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
9687 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9688 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9689 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9691 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9692 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9693 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9694 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9695 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9697 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9699 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9700 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9701 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9703 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9705 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9707 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9709 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
9711 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9712 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9714 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9715 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9716 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9718 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9719 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9721 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9722 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9724 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9726 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9727 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9728 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9729 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9731 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9732 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9733 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9734 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9735 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9737 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9739 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9740 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9741 Stops when a match is found.
9742 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9744 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9745 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9746 restricted to these files.
9748 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9750 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9752 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9753 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9754 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9755 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9756 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9757 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9758 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9759 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9761 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9762 produce the list of files to search.
9764 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9766 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9768 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9769 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9770 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9771 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9772 directory specification.
9774 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9776 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9777 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9779 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9781 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9783 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9784 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9785 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9786 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9788 \(fn)" t nil)
9790 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9791 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9792 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9793 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9794 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9796 \(fn)" t nil)
9798 (autoload 'etags--xref-backend "etags" "\
9801 \(fn)" nil nil)
9803 ;;;***
9805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (22150
9806 ;;;;;; 28228 166072 702000))
9807 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9809 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9812 \(fn)" nil nil)
9814 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9815 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9817 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9818 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9820 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9821 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9822 primary language.
9824 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9825 even if the buffer is read-only.
9827 See also the descriptions of the variables
9828 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9830 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9832 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9833 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9835 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9836 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9838 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9839 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9840 primary language.
9842 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9843 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9845 See also the descriptions of the variables
9846 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9848 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9850 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9851 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9852 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9853 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9855 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9857 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9858 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9859 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9860 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9862 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9863 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9864 primary language.
9866 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9867 buffer is read-only.
9869 See also the descriptions of the variables
9870 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9871 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9873 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9875 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9876 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9878 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9879 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9881 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9882 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9883 the primary language.
9885 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9886 buffer is read-only.
9888 See also the descriptions of the variables
9889 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9890 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9892 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9894 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9895 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9896 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9898 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9900 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9901 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9903 \(fn)" t nil)
9905 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9906 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9908 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9909 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9910 be 1, 2, or 3.
9912 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9913 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9914 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9916 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9918 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9920 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9921 This function is deprecated.
9923 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9925 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9926 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9928 \(fn)" t nil)
9930 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9931 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9933 \(fn)" t nil)
9935 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9936 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9938 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9939 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9941 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9942 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9944 \(fn)" nil nil)
9946 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9947 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9949 \(fn)" nil nil)
9951 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9952 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9954 \(fn)" nil nil)
9956 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9957 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9959 \(fn)" nil nil)
9961 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9962 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9963 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9965 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9967 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9970 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9972 ;;;***
9974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (22150 28228 354072 702000))
9975 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9977 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9978 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9979 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9980 server for future sessions.
9982 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9984 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9985 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9986 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9988 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9990 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9991 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9992 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9994 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9996 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9997 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9998 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9999 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10000 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10001 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10002 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10003 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10004 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10005 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10006 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10007 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10009 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10011 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10012 Display a form to query the directory server.
10013 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10014 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10016 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10018 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10019 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10020 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10022 \(fn)" t nil)
10024 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10026 ;;;***
10028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (22150 28228 354072
10029 ;;;;;; 702000))
10030 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10032 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10033 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10035 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10037 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10038 Display URL and make it clickable.
10040 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10042 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10043 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10045 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10047 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10048 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10050 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10052 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10053 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10055 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10057 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10058 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10060 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10062 ;;;***
10064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (22150 28228
10065 ;;;;;; 354072 702000))
10066 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10068 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10069 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10070 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10072 \(fn)" t nil)
10074 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10075 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10077 \(fn)" t nil)
10079 ;;;***
10081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (22150
10082 ;;;;;; 28228 354072 702000))
10083 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10085 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10086 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10088 \(fn)" t nil)
10090 ;;;***
10092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (22150 28227 430072
10093 ;;;;;; 702000))
10094 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10096 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10097 Create an empty ewoc.
10099 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10101 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10102 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10103 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10104 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10105 `insert-before-markers'.
10107 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10108 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10109 respectively, of the ewoc.
10111 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10112 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10113 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10115 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10117 ;;;***
10119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (22229 34898 904051 395000))
10120 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
10122 (defvar eww-suggest-uris '(eww-links-at-point url-get-url-at-point eww-current-url) "\
10123 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
10124 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
10125 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
10126 duplicate entries (if any) removed.")
10128 (custom-autoload 'eww-suggest-uris "eww" t)
10130 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
10131 Fetch URL and render the page.
10132 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
10133 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
10135 \(fn URL)" t nil)
10136 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
10138 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
10139 Render FILE using EWW.
10141 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10143 (autoload 'eww-search-words "eww" "\
10144 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
10145 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
10147 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil)
10149 (autoload 'eww-mode "eww" "\
10150 Mode for browsing the web.
10152 \(fn)" t nil)
10154 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
10157 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
10159 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks "eww" "\
10160 Display the bookmarks.
10162 \(fn)" t nil)
10164 ;;;***
10166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (22150
10167 ;;;;;; 28228 818072 702000))
10168 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10170 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10171 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10172 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10174 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10176 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10177 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10178 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10179 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10180 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10182 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10184 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10185 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10186 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10187 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10188 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10189 executable.
10191 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10193 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10194 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10195 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10196 file modes.
10198 \(fn)" nil nil)
10200 ;;;***
10202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (22150 28227 542072 702000))
10203 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10205 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10206 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10207 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10208 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10210 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10212 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10213 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10214 to generate such functions.
10216 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10217 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10218 beginning of the expanded text.
10220 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10221 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10222 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10223 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10225 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10227 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10229 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10230 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10231 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10233 \(fn)" nil nil)
10235 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10236 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10237 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10239 \(fn)" t nil)
10241 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10242 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10243 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10245 \(fn)" t nil)
10246 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10247 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10249 ;;;***
10251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (22197 58438 431460
10252 ;;;;;; 447000))
10253 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10255 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10256 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10257 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10259 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10260 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10261 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10263 Type \\=`? or \\=`\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10265 Key definitions:
10266 \\{f90-mode-map}
10268 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10270 `f90-do-indent'
10271 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10272 `f90-if-indent'
10273 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10274 `f90-type-indent'
10275 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10276 `f90-program-indent'
10277 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10278 (default 2).
10279 `f90-associate-indent'
10280 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10281 `f90-critical-indent'
10282 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10283 `f90-continuation-indent'
10284 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10285 `f90-comment-region'
10286 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10287 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10288 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10289 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10290 (default \"!\").
10291 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10292 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10293 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10294 `f90-break-delimiters'
10295 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10296 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10297 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10298 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10299 (default t).
10300 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10301 Automatic insertion of `&' at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10302 `f90-smart-end'
10303 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10304 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10305 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10306 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10307 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10308 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10309 `f90-leave-line-no'
10310 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10312 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10313 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10315 \(fn)" t nil)
10317 ;;;***
10319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (22283 34751 141333
10320 ;;;;;; 844000))
10321 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10323 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10324 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10325 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10326 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10328 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10329 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10330 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10331 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10332 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10334 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10335 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10336 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10337 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10338 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10339 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10340 attributes.
10342 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10343 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10345 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10347 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10348 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10349 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10350 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10352 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10354 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10355 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10356 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10357 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10359 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10360 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10361 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10363 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10364 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10365 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
10366 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10368 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10370 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10371 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10372 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10374 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10375 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10376 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10377 the same amount).
10379 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10381 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10382 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10383 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10385 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10386 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10387 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10388 will remove any scaling currently active.
10390 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10392 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10393 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10394 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10396 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10397 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10398 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10399 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10400 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10402 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10403 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10405 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10407 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10408 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10410 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10411 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10412 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10414 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10415 the face height as long as the input event read
10416 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10418 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10419 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10420 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10421 will remove any scaling currently active.
10423 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10424 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10425 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10426 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10427 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10429 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10431 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10432 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10433 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10434 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10435 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10436 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10438 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10440 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10441 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10442 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10443 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10444 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10445 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10446 `buffer-face-mode'.
10448 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10449 local, and sets it to FACE.
10451 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10453 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10454 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10455 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10456 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10457 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10458 `face' text property.
10460 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10461 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10462 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10463 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10465 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10466 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10468 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10470 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10471 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10472 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10473 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10475 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10477 ;;;***
10479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (22092 27717
10480 ;;;;;; 880268 464000))
10481 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10482 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10484 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10485 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10486 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10487 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10489 \(fn)" nil nil)
10491 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10492 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10494 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10496 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10497 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10498 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10499 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10501 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10503 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10504 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10505 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10506 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10507 backup file names and the like).
10509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10511 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10512 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10513 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10514 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is `on-demand', which
10515 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10516 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10517 internally by feedmail):
10519 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10520 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10521 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10522 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10524 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10525 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10526 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10527 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10528 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10530 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10532 ;;;***
10534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (22279 37684 340180 436000))
10535 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10537 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10538 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10539 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10540 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10541 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10542 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10543 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10545 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10547 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10548 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10549 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10550 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10551 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10552 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10553 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10555 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10557 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10559 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10560 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10561 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10562 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10563 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10564 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10566 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10568 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10569 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10570 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10571 Return value:
10572 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10573 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10574 * otherwise, nil
10576 \(fn E)" t nil)
10578 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10579 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10580 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10582 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10584 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10585 Try to get a file name at point.
10586 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10588 \(fn)" nil nil)
10590 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10591 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10593 \(fn)" t nil)
10595 ;;;***
10597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (22150 28227 554072
10598 ;;;;;; 702000))
10599 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10601 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10602 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10603 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10604 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10606 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10608 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10609 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10610 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10611 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10612 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10613 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10615 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10617 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10618 Add FILE to the file cache.
10620 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10622 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10623 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10624 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10626 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10628 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10629 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10630 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10632 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10634 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10635 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10636 This function does not use any external programs.
10637 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10638 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10639 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10641 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10643 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10644 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10645 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10646 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10647 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10648 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10649 \(directories) is done.
10651 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10653 ;;;***
10655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (22230 55750 327718
10656 ;;;;;; 91000))
10657 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10659 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10660 Handle file system monitoring event.
10661 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10663 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE [FILE1-OR-COOKIE]) CALLBACK)
10665 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10667 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10669 ;;;***
10671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (22189 64323 128321
10672 ;;;;;; 19000))
10673 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10675 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10676 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10678 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10679 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10680 Local Variables list.
10682 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10683 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10684 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10686 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10688 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10689 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10691 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10693 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10694 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10696 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10697 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10698 the -*- line.
10700 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10701 then this function adds it.
10703 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10705 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10706 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10708 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10710 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10711 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10713 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10715 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10716 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10718 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10720 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10721 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10723 \(fn)" t nil)
10725 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10726 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10728 \(fn)" t nil)
10730 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10731 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10733 \(fn)" t nil)
10735 ;;;***
10737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (22150 28227 578072
10738 ;;;;;; 702000))
10739 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10741 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10742 Filesets initialization.
10743 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10745 \(fn)" nil nil)
10747 ;;;***
10749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (22150 28227 578072
10750 ;;;;;; 702000))
10751 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10752 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10754 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10755 Initiate the building of a find command.
10756 For example:
10758 \(find-cmd \\='(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10759 \\='(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10760 (mtime \"+1\"))
10761 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10763 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10764 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10766 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10768 ;;;***
10770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (22150 28227 578072
10771 ;;;;;; 702000))
10772 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10774 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10775 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10776 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10778 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10780 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10781 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10783 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10785 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10786 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10787 and run Dired on those files.
10788 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10789 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10791 find . -name \\='PATTERN\\=' -ls
10793 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10795 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10797 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10798 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10799 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10801 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10802 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10804 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10805 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10807 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10809 ;;;***
10811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (22150 28227 578072
10812 ;;;;;; 702000))
10813 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10815 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10816 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10817 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10818 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10819 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10820 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10821 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10823 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10825 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10826 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10827 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10829 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10831 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10833 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10835 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10836 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10837 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10839 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10840 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10842 Variables of interest include:
10844 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10845 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10846 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10848 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10849 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10850 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10852 - `ff-ignore-include'
10853 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10855 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10856 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10858 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10859 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10861 - `ff-special-constructs'
10862 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10863 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10864 extracting the filename from that construct.
10866 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10867 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10869 - `ff-search-directories'
10870 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10871 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10873 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10874 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10876 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10877 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10879 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10880 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10882 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10883 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10885 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10886 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10888 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10890 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10891 Visit the file you click on.
10893 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10895 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10896 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10898 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10900 ;;;***
10902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (22343
10903 ;;;;;; 35624 796272 343000))
10904 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10906 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10907 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10908 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10910 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10912 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10913 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10914 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10915 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10917 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10918 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10919 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10920 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10922 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10924 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10925 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10927 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10928 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10929 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10930 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10932 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10933 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10934 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10936 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10937 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10938 in `load-path'.
10940 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10942 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10943 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10945 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10946 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10947 places point before the definition.
10948 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10950 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10951 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10952 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10954 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10956 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10957 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10959 See `find-function' for more details.
10961 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10963 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10964 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10966 See `find-function' for more details.
10968 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10970 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10971 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10973 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10974 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10975 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10977 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10978 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10980 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10982 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10983 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10985 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10986 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10987 places point before the definition.
10989 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10991 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10992 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10993 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10995 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10997 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10998 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11000 See `find-variable' for more details.
11002 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11004 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
11005 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11007 See `find-variable' for more details.
11009 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11011 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
11012 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11013 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11014 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11015 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11016 buffer nor display it.
11018 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11019 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11021 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11023 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
11024 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11026 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11027 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11028 places point before the definition.
11030 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11032 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11033 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11034 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11036 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
11038 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
11039 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11040 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11042 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11044 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-window "find-func" "\
11045 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
11046 See `find-function-on-key'.
11048 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11050 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-frame "find-func" "\
11051 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
11052 See `find-function-on-key'.
11054 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11056 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
11057 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11059 \(fn)" t nil)
11061 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
11062 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11064 \(fn)" t nil)
11066 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
11067 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11069 \(fn)" nil nil)
11071 ;;;***
11073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (22311 14139 134375
11074 ;;;;;; 715000))
11075 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11077 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
11078 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11080 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11082 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11083 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11085 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11087 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11088 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
11090 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11092 ;;;***
11094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (22150 28227 578072 702000))
11095 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11096 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
11098 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11099 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11101 \(fn)" t nil)
11103 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11104 Display FILE's commentary section.
11105 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11107 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11109 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11110 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11112 \(fn)" t nil)
11114 ;;;***
11116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (22150 28227 578072
11117 ;;;;;; 702000))
11118 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11120 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11121 Toggle flow control handling.
11122 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11123 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11125 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11127 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11128 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11129 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11130 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11131 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11132 to get the effect of a C-q.
11134 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11136 ;;;***
11138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (22150 28227
11139 ;;;;;; 658072 702000))
11140 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11142 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11145 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11147 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11150 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11152 ;;;***
11154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (22150 28228
11155 ;;;;;; 818072 702000))
11156 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11157 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
11159 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11160 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
11161 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
11162 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11163 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
11164 \\{flymake-mode-map}
11166 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11168 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11169 Turn flymake mode on.
11171 \(fn)" nil nil)
11173 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11174 Turn flymake mode off.
11176 \(fn)" nil nil)
11178 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11181 \(fn)" nil nil)
11183 ;;;***
11185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (22197 58438
11186 ;;;;;; 711460 447000))
11187 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11189 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11190 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11192 \(fn)" t nil)
11193 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11195 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11196 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11197 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11198 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11199 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11201 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11202 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11203 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11205 Bindings:
11206 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11207 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11208 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11209 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11211 Hooks:
11212 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11214 Remark:
11215 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11216 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11217 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11219 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11220 consider adding:
11221 \(add-hook \\='tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser \\='tex))))
11222 in your init file.
11224 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11225 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11229 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11230 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11232 \(fn)" nil nil)
11234 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11235 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11237 \(fn)" nil nil)
11239 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11240 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11242 \(fn)" nil nil)
11244 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11245 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11247 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11249 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11250 Flyspell whole buffer.
11252 \(fn)" t nil)
11254 ;;;***
11256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (22150 28227 582072
11257 ;;;;;; 702000))
11258 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11259 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11261 ;;;***
11263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (22308 37947 126422 527000))
11264 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11266 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11267 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11269 \(fn)" nil nil)
11271 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11272 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11274 \(fn)" nil nil)
11276 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11277 Toggle Follow mode.
11278 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11279 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11280 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11282 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11283 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11285 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11286 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11287 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11289 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11290 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11291 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11292 movement commands.
11294 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two or
11295 more side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of
11296 Follow mode, use these full-height windows as though they were one.
11297 Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, and
11298 being able to use 144 or 216 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11299 mileage may vary).
11301 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11302 `\\[split-window-right]' or `\\[follow-delete-other-windows-and-split]' can be used.
11304 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11306 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11308 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11309 \\{follow-mode-map}
11311 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11313 (autoload 'follow-scroll-up-window "follow" "\
11314 Scroll text in a Follow mode window up by that window's size.
11315 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
11317 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
11318 the window will be visible after the scroll.
11320 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
11321 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
11323 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
11325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11327 (autoload 'follow-scroll-down-window "follow" "\
11328 Scroll text in a Follow mode window down by that window's size.
11329 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
11331 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
11332 the window in the chain will be visible after the scroll.
11334 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
11335 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
11337 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
11339 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11341 (autoload 'follow-scroll-up "follow" "\
11342 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain up.
11344 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
11345 the bottom window in the chain will be visible in the top window.
11347 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
11348 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
11350 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
11352 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11354 (autoload 'follow-scroll-down "follow" "\
11355 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain down.
11357 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
11358 the top window in the chain will be visible in the bottom window.
11360 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
11361 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
11363 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
11365 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11367 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11368 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11370 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11371 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11372 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11373 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11374 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11375 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11377 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11378 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11379 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11381 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11383 ;;;***
11385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (22349 57434
11386 ;;;;;; 509387 559000))
11387 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11388 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11390 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11391 Toggle Footnote mode.
11392 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11393 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11394 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11396 Footnote mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11397 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11398 play around with the following keys:
11399 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11401 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11403 ;;;***
11405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (22253 13631 334961 36000))
11406 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11408 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11409 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11411 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11412 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11413 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11414 C-c < forms-first-record <
11415 C-c > forms-last-record >
11416 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11417 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11418 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11419 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11420 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11421 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11422 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11423 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11424 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11425 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11427 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11429 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11430 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11432 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11434 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11435 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11437 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11439 ;;;***
11441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (22153 4424
11442 ;;;;;; 620360 262000))
11443 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11445 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11446 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11447 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11449 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11450 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11452 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11454 Key definitions:
11455 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11457 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11459 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11460 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11461 `fortran-do-indent'
11462 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11463 `fortran-if-indent'
11464 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11465 `fortran-structure-indent'
11466 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11467 (default 3)
11468 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11469 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11470 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11471 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11472 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11473 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11474 nil don't change the indentation
11475 `fixed' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11476 value of either
11477 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11478 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11479 depending on the continuation format in use.
11480 `relative' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11481 indentation for a line of code.
11482 (default `fixed')
11483 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11484 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11485 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11486 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11487 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11488 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11489 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11490 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11491 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11492 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11493 column 5.
11494 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11495 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11496 statements (default nil).
11497 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11498 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11499 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11500 `fortran-continuation-string'
11501 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11502 line (default \"$\").
11503 `fortran-comment-region'
11504 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11505 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11506 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11507 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11508 as typed (default t).
11509 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11510 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11512 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11513 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11515 \(fn)" t nil)
11517 ;;;***
11519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (22150 28228 678072
11520 ;;;;;; 702000))
11521 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11523 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11524 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11526 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11527 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11529 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11531 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11532 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11534 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11535 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11537 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11539 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11540 Compile fortune file.
11542 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11543 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11545 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11547 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11548 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11550 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11551 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11552 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11553 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11555 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11557 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11558 Display a fortune cookie.
11559 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11560 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11561 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11562 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11564 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11566 ;;;***
11568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (22182 4679 399463
11569 ;;;;;; 499000))
11570 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11572 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11573 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11574 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11576 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11577 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11578 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11580 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11581 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11583 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11584 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11586 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11587 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11588 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11589 intend to modify existing values, do
11591 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11593 before changing anything.
11595 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11596 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11598 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11599 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11600 to restore the frame.
11602 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11603 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11604 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11606 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11607 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11608 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11609 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11610 FILTER A filter function.
11612 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11613 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11615 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11617 where
11619 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11620 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11621 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11622 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11623 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11624 before restoring it.
11625 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11627 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11628 It must return:
11629 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11630 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11631 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11633 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11634 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11636 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11637 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11638 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11639 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11640 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11641 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11642 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11644 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11646 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11647 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11649 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11651 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11652 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11653 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11654 If nil, check all live frames.
11656 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11658 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11659 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11660 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11661 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11662 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11663 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11664 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11665 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11666 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11667 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11668 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11670 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11672 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11673 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11675 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11676 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11677 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11678 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11679 and window-state is not restored.
11681 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11682 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11684 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11685 t All existing frames can be reused.
11686 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11687 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11688 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11689 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11691 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11692 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11693 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11694 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11695 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11696 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11697 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11698 be created from that parameter alist.
11700 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11701 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11702 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11703 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11704 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11705 - the live frame just restored,
11706 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11707 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11708 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11710 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows \"cleaning up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11711 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11712 nil Keep all frames.
11713 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11714 - FRAME, a live frame.
11715 - ACTION, which can be one of
11716 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11717 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11718 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11719 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11720 Return value is ignored.
11722 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11723 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11724 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11725 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11726 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11728 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11730 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11732 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11733 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11734 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11736 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11738 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11739 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11740 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11742 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11744 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11745 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11746 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11747 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11749 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11751 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11753 ;;;***
11755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (22182 4679 471463
11756 ;;;;;; 499000))
11757 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11758 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11760 ;;;***
11762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (22150 28228
11763 ;;;;;; 822072 702000))
11764 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11766 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11767 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11768 See the `gdb-enable-debug' command
11769 for a description of this minor mode.")
11771 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11773 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11774 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11775 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11776 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11777 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11778 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11779 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11781 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11783 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11784 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11785 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11786 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11788 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11789 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11790 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11791 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11792 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11794 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11795 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11796 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11797 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11799 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11800 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11801 shown in some of the buffers.
11803 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11805 The following commands help control operation :
11807 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11808 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11810 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11811 detailed description of this mode.
11814 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11815 | GDB Toolbar |
11816 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11817 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11818 | | |
11819 | | |
11820 | | |
11821 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11822 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11823 | | (comint-mode) |
11824 | | |
11825 | | |
11826 | | |
11827 | | |
11828 | | |
11829 | | |
11830 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11831 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11832 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11833 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11834 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11835 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11837 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11839 ;;;***
11841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (22150 28227
11842 ;;;;;; 430072 702000))
11843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11845 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11846 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11847 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11848 instead (which see).")
11850 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11851 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11853 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11854 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11855 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11856 documentation string instead.
11858 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11859 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11860 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11861 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11862 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11863 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11864 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11865 enders are actually possible.
11867 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11868 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11870 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11871 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11872 `font-lock-keywords'.
11874 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11875 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11876 runs the macro expansion.
11878 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11879 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11880 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11882 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11884 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11886 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11888 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11890 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11891 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11893 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11895 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11896 Enter generic mode MODE.
11898 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11899 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11900 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11902 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11903 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11905 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11907 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11908 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11909 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11910 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11911 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11912 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11913 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11914 `font-lock-keywords'.
11916 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11918 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11920 ;;;***
11922 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (22150 28228
11923 ;;;;;; 822072 702000))
11924 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11926 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11927 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11928 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11929 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11930 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11931 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11933 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11935 ;;;***
11937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (22272 64438
11938 ;;;;;; 224671 103000))
11939 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11941 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11942 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11943 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11945 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11947 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11948 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11950 Guideline for numbers:
11951 1 - error messages
11952 3 - non-serious error messages
11953 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11954 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11955 9 - messages inside loops.
11957 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11959 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11960 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11961 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11963 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11965 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11966 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11968 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11970 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11971 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11973 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11974 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11975 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11976 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11977 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11978 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11980 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11981 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11982 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11983 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11984 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11986 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11988 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11990 ;;;***
11992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (22165 43181 87854 955000))
11993 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11994 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11995 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11996 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11998 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11999 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
12001 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12003 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
12004 Read network news.
12005 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
12006 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
12007 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
12008 name of an NNTP server to use.
12009 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
12010 server.
12012 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
12014 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
12015 Read news as a slave.
12017 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12019 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
12020 Pop up a frame to read news.
12021 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
12022 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
12023 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
12024 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
12025 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
12026 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
12027 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
12028 current display is used.
12030 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
12032 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
12033 Read network news.
12034 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
12035 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
12036 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
12038 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
12040 ;;;***
12042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (22182 4679
12043 ;;;;;; 403463 499000))
12044 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
12046 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
12047 Start Gnus unplugged.
12049 \(fn)" t nil)
12051 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
12052 Start Gnus plugged.
12054 \(fn)" t nil)
12056 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
12057 Read news as a slave unplugged.
12059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12061 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
12062 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
12064 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
12065 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
12066 customize gnus-agent to nil.
12068 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
12069 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
12070 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
12072 \(fn)" t nil)
12074 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
12075 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
12077 \(fn)" nil nil)
12079 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
12080 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12081 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12082 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12083 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12084 supported.
12086 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12088 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
12089 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
12090 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12091 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12092 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12093 supported.
12095 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12097 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
12098 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
12100 \(fn)" nil nil)
12102 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
12103 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
12104 downloaded into the agent.
12106 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
12108 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
12109 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
12110 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
12111 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
12113 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12115 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
12116 Start Gnus and fetch session.
12118 \(fn)" t nil)
12120 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
12121 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
12123 \(fn)" t nil)
12125 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
12126 Regenerate all agent covered files.
12127 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
12129 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
12131 ;;;***
12133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (22284 55604
12134 ;;;;;; 142845 171000))
12135 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12137 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
12138 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12140 \(fn)" nil nil)
12142 ;;;***
12144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (22150
12145 ;;;;;; 28227 674072 702000))
12146 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
12148 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
12149 Set a bookmark for this article.
12151 \(fn)" t nil)
12153 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
12154 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
12156 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
12158 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
12159 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
12160 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
12161 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
12162 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
12164 \(fn)" t nil)
12166 ;;;***
12168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (22150 28227
12169 ;;;;;; 678072 702000))
12170 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12172 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
12173 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12175 Usage:
12176 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12178 \(fn)" t nil)
12180 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
12181 Generate the cache active file.
12183 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12185 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
12186 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12188 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12190 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
12191 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12192 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12193 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12194 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12195 supported.
12197 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12199 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
12200 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12201 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12202 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12203 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12204 supported.
12206 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12208 ;;;***
12210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (22150 28227
12211 ;;;;;; 682072 702000))
12212 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12214 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
12215 Delay this article by some time.
12216 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12218 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12219 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12221 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12222 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12224 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12225 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12227 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12229 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12230 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12232 \(fn)" t nil)
12234 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12235 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12236 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12237 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12239 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12240 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12242 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12244 ;;;***
12246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (22150 28227
12247 ;;;;;; 686072 702000))
12248 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12250 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12253 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12255 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12258 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12260 ;;;***
12262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (22150 28227
12263 ;;;;;; 686072 702000))
12264 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12266 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12267 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12269 \(fn)" t nil)
12271 ;;;***
12273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (22150 28227
12274 ;;;;;; 686072 702000))
12275 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12277 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12278 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12280 \(fn)" t nil)
12282 ;;;***
12284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (22165 43181
12285 ;;;;;; 71854 955000))
12286 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12288 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
12289 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12291 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
12293 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
12295 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12296 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12298 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12300 \(fn)" t nil)
12302 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12303 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12305 \(fn)" t nil)
12307 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12308 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12310 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12311 different input formats.
12313 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12315 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12316 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12318 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12319 different input formats.
12321 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12323 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12324 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12325 The PNG is returned as a string.
12327 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12329 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12330 Convert FILE to a Face.
12331 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12332 726 bytes.
12334 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12336 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12337 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12339 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12341 \(fn)" t nil)
12343 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12344 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12346 \(fn)" nil nil)
12348 ;;;***
12350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (22192
12351 ;;;;;; 2880 975382 391000))
12352 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12354 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12355 Display gravatar in the From header.
12356 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12358 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12360 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12361 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12362 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12364 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12366 ;;;***
12368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (22150 28227
12369 ;;;;;; 694072 702000))
12370 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12372 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12373 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12374 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12375 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12377 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12379 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12380 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12382 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12384 ;;;***
12386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (22150 28227
12387 ;;;;;; 694072 702000))
12388 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12390 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12393 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12395 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12398 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12400 ;;;***
12402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (22189 64323
12403 ;;;;;; 180321 19000))
12404 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12406 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12408 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12409 Run batched scoring.
12410 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12412 \(fn)" t nil)
12414 ;;;***
12416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (22150 28227 698072
12417 ;;;;;; 702000))
12418 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12420 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12423 \(fn)" nil nil)
12425 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12426 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12427 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12429 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12431 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12432 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12434 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12438 ;;;***
12440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (22150 28227
12441 ;;;;;; 698072 702000))
12442 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12444 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12445 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12446 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12447 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12448 group parameters.
12450 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12451 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12452 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12453 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12455 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12456 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12457 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12458 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12459 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12460 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12461 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12462 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12463 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12464 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12466 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12468 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12469 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12470 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12471 nil CATCH-ALL).
12473 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12474 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12476 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12478 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12479 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12480 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12482 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12484 \(fn)" nil nil)
12486 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12487 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12488 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12490 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12492 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12493 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12494 existing groups are considered.
12496 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12497 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12498 returned.
12500 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12501 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12502 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12503 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12504 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12505 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12506 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12507 clauses will be generated.
12509 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12510 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12511 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12512 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is `catch-all', this fancy
12513 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12514 as the last element of a `|' SPLIT.
12516 For example, given the following group parameters:
12518 nnml:mail.bar:
12519 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12520 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12521 nnml:mail.foo:
12522 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12523 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12524 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12525 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12526 nnml:mail.others:
12527 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12529 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12531 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12532 \"mail.bar\")
12533 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12534 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12535 \"mail.others\")
12537 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12539 ;;;***
12541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (22150 28227
12542 ;;;;;; 702072 702000))
12543 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12545 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12546 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12547 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12548 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12549 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12550 instead.
12552 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12554 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12555 Mail to ADDRESS.
12557 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12559 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12560 Like `message-reply'.
12562 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12564 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12566 ;;;***
12568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12569 ;;;;;; (22150 28227 702072 702000))
12570 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12572 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12573 Send a notification on new message.
12574 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12575 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12576 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12578 This is typically a function to add in
12579 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12581 \(fn)" nil nil)
12583 ;;;***
12585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (22192 2880
12586 ;;;;;; 983382 391000))
12587 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12589 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12590 Display picons in the From header.
12591 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12593 \(fn)" t nil)
12595 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12596 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12597 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12599 \(fn)" t nil)
12601 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12602 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12603 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12605 \(fn)" t nil)
12607 ;;;***
12609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (22150 28227
12610 ;;;;;; 702072 702000))
12611 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12613 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12614 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12615 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12616 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12618 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12620 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12621 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12622 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12623 LIST1 is modified.
12625 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12627 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12628 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12629 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12631 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12633 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12636 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12638 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12639 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12640 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12642 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12644 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12645 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12646 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12648 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12650 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12652 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12653 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12654 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12656 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12658 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12659 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12660 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12662 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12664 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12665 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12666 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12668 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12670 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12671 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12673 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12675 ;;;***
12677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (22150
12678 ;;;;;; 28227 702072 702000))
12679 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12681 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12682 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12684 \(fn)" t nil)
12686 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12687 Install the registry hooks.
12689 \(fn)" t nil)
12691 ;;;***
12693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (22150 28227
12694 ;;;;;; 806072 702000))
12695 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12697 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12698 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12699 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12700 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12701 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12702 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12704 \(fn)" t nil)
12706 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12707 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12708 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12709 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12710 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12712 \(fn)" t nil)
12714 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12717 \(fn)" t nil)
12719 ;;;***
12721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (22150 28227
12722 ;;;;;; 806072 702000))
12723 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12725 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12726 Update the format specification near point.
12728 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12730 ;;;***
12732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (22197 58438
12733 ;;;;;; 235460 447000))
12734 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12736 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12737 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12739 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12741 ;;;***
12743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (22199 13769
12744 ;;;;;; 464900 836000))
12745 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12747 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12748 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12749 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12751 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12753 ;;;***
12755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (22150 28227
12756 ;;;;;; 862072 702000))
12757 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12759 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12760 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12762 \(fn)" t nil)
12764 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12765 Install the sync hooks.
12767 \(fn)" t nil)
12769 ;;;***
12771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (22150 28227
12772 ;;;;;; 938072 702000))
12773 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12775 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12776 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12778 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12780 ;;;***
12782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (22150 28228 358072
12783 ;;;;;; 702000))
12784 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12786 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12787 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12788 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12789 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12790 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12791 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12793 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12795 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12797 ;;;***
12799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (22182 4679 471463
12800 ;;;;;; 499000))
12801 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12803 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12804 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12806 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12807 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12808 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12810 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12811 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12812 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12814 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12815 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12817 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12818 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12820 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12822 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12824 ;;;***
12826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (22150 28228
12827 ;;;;;; 358072 702000))
12828 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12830 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12832 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12833 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12834 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12835 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12836 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12838 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12840 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12841 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12842 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12843 or to send e-mail.
12844 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12845 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12847 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12848 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12850 \(fn)" t nil)
12851 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12853 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12854 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12855 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12856 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12857 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12861 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12862 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12866 ;;;***
12868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (22150 28227
12869 ;;;;;; 942072 702000))
12870 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12872 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12873 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12874 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12876 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12878 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12879 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12881 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12883 ;;;***
12885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (22296 46772 464104
12886 ;;;;;; 103000))
12887 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12889 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12890 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12892 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12894 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12895 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12896 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12897 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12898 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12900 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12901 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12902 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12904 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12906 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12907 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12908 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12909 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12910 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12912 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12914 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12915 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12917 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12919 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12920 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12922 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12923 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12924 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12926 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12927 The default find program.
12928 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12929 and others.")
12931 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12932 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12933 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12934 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12936 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12937 How to invoke find and grep.
12938 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12939 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12940 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12941 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12943 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12945 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12946 History list for grep.")
12948 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12949 History list for grep-find.")
12951 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12952 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12953 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12955 \(fn)" nil nil)
12957 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12960 \(fn)" nil nil)
12962 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12963 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12965 \(fn)" nil nil)
12967 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12968 Run Grep with user-specified COMMAND-ARGS, collect output in a buffer.
12969 While Grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12970 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where Grep found
12971 matches. To kill the Grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12973 Noninteractively, COMMAND-ARGS should specify the Grep command-line
12974 arguments.
12976 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12977 Grep in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12979 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12980 can easily repeat a grep command.
12982 A prefix argument says to default the COMMAND-ARGS based on the current
12983 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last Grep command
12984 in the Grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12985 list is empty).
12987 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12989 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12990 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12991 Collect output in a buffer.
12992 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12993 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12995 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12996 easily repeat a find command.
12998 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
13000 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
13002 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
13003 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
13004 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
13005 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
13006 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
13008 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
13009 before it is executed.
13010 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
13012 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
13013 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
13014 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
13016 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
13018 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
13020 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
13021 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
13022 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
13023 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
13024 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
13026 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
13027 before it is executed.
13028 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
13030 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
13031 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
13032 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
13033 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
13035 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
13037 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
13038 to specify a command to run.
13040 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
13042 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
13043 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
13044 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
13045 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
13047 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
13049 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
13051 ;;;***
13053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (22150 28228 26072 702000))
13054 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
13056 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
13057 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
13058 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
13059 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
13060 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
13062 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
13064 ;;;***
13066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (22189 64323 288321
13067 ;;;;;; 19000))
13068 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
13070 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
13071 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13072 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
13073 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
13075 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13077 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
13078 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13079 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13080 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13082 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13084 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
13085 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13086 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13087 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13089 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13091 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
13092 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13093 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13094 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13096 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
13097 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
13099 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13101 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
13102 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13103 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13104 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13106 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13108 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
13109 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
13110 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13111 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13113 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13115 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
13116 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
13117 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13118 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13120 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13122 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
13123 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
13124 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
13125 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
13126 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
13128 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
13129 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
13130 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
13131 original source file access method.
13133 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
13134 gud, see `gud-mode'.
13136 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13138 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
13139 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
13141 \(fn)" t nil)
13143 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
13144 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
13145 See the `gud-tooltip-mode' command
13146 for a description of this minor mode.
13147 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13148 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13149 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
13151 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
13153 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
13154 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
13155 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
13156 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13157 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
13159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13161 ;;;***
13163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (22150 28227 434072
13164 ;;;;;; 702000))
13165 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
13167 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
13168 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
13169 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
13170 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
13171 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
13172 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
13173 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
13174 set it to.
13175 DO must return an Elisp expression.
13177 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
13179 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
13180 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
13181 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
13182 of PLACE.
13183 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
13184 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
13185 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
13186 and SETTER.
13187 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
13188 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
13190 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
13192 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13194 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
13195 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
13196 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
13197 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
13198 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
13200 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
13202 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13204 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
13207 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
13209 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (let ((x `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)))) (push x macro-declarations-alist) (push x defun-declarations-alist)))
13211 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
13213 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
13214 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13215 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13216 well for simple place forms.
13217 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
13218 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
13219 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
13220 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
13221 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
13222 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
13223 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) \\=`(aset ,a ,i ,v))
13225 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
13227 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13229 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
13230 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13231 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13232 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
13233 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
13235 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
13236 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
13237 (let ((temp VAL))
13238 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
13239 temp)
13240 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
13242 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
13244 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
13245 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
13246 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
13247 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
13248 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
13249 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
13251 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
13253 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
13255 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
13256 Return a reference to PLACE.
13257 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13258 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
13259 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol \\='foo) which will also work in dynamic
13260 binding mode.
13262 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
13264 ;;;***
13266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (22150 28228
13267 ;;;;;; 678072 702000))
13268 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13270 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13271 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13272 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13273 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13275 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13276 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13277 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13278 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13280 \(fn)" t nil)
13282 ;;;***
13284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (22086 11930 130062
13285 ;;;;;; 731000))
13286 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13288 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13289 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13291 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13293 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13294 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13295 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13296 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13298 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13300 \(fn)" t nil)
13302 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13303 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13304 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13305 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13306 to be updated.
13308 \(fn)" t nil)
13310 ;;;***
13312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (22150 28228
13313 ;;;;;; 230072 702000))
13314 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13316 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13317 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13319 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13321 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13322 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13323 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13325 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13327 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13328 Verify a hashcash payment
13330 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13332 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13333 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13334 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13335 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13336 `mail-add-payment-async').
13338 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13340 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13341 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13342 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13343 Calculation is asynchronous.
13345 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13347 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13348 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13349 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13353 ;;;***
13355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (22150 28228 26072
13356 ;;;;;; 702000))
13357 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13359 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13360 Return the help-echo string at point.
13361 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13362 property, or nil, is returned.
13363 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13364 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13365 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13367 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13369 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13370 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13371 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13372 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13373 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13375 \(fn)" nil nil)
13377 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13378 Display local help in the echo area.
13379 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13380 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13381 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13382 printed instead.
13384 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13385 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13386 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13388 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13390 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13391 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13392 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13394 \(fn)" t nil)
13396 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13397 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13398 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13400 \(fn)" t nil)
13402 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13403 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13404 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13405 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13406 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13407 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13408 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13409 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13410 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13411 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13412 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13414 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13415 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13416 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13417 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13418 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13420 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13421 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13422 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13423 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13424 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13425 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13426 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13427 The default is `never'.")
13429 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13431 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13432 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13433 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13434 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13435 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13436 considered different regions.
13438 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13439 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13440 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13441 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13442 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13443 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13444 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13445 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13446 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13448 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13450 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13451 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13452 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13453 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13454 different regions.
13456 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13457 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13458 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13459 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13460 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13461 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13462 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13463 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13465 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13466 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13467 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13468 rarely happens in practice.
13470 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13472 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13473 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13474 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13475 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13476 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13477 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13479 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13481 ;;;***
13483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (22366 59800 408741
13484 ;;;;;; 147000))
13485 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13487 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13488 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13490 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13492 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13493 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13494 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13496 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13498 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13499 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13500 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13501 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13502 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13503 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13504 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
13506 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13507 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13508 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13509 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13510 suitable file is found, return nil.
13512 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13514 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13517 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13519 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13520 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13521 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13522 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13524 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13526 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13527 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13528 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13529 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13530 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13531 it is displayed along with the global value.
13533 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13535 (autoload 'describe-symbol "help-fns" "\
13536 Display the full documentation of SYMBOL.
13537 Will show the info of SYMBOL as a function, variable, and/or face.
13538 Optional arguments BUFFER and FRAME specify for which buffer and
13539 frame to show the information about SYMBOL; they default to the
13540 current buffer and the selected frame, respectively.
13542 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13544 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13545 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13546 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13547 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13549 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13551 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13552 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13553 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13554 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13555 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13557 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13559 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13560 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13562 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13564 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13565 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13567 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13569 ;;;***
13571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (22150 28228 26072
13572 ;;;;;; 702000))
13573 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13575 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13576 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13577 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13578 window listing and describing the options.
13579 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13580 gives the window that lists the options.")
13582 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13584 ;;;***
13586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (22220 19926 384329
13587 ;;;;;; 271000))
13588 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13590 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13591 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13592 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13593 Commands:
13594 \\{help-mode-map}
13596 \(fn)" t nil)
13598 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13599 Enter Help Mode in the current buffer.
13601 \(fn)" nil nil)
13603 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13604 Finalize Help Mode setup in current buffer.
13606 \(fn)" nil nil)
13608 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13609 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13611 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13612 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13613 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13614 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13616 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13617 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13618 restore it properly when going back.
13620 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13622 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13623 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13624 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13625 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13626 from `help-mode'.
13627 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13628 it does not already exist.
13630 \(fn)" nil nil)
13632 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13633 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13635 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13636 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13637 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13638 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13639 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13640 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13641 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13642 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13644 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13645 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13646 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13647 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13649 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13650 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13651 that.
13653 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13655 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13656 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13657 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13658 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13659 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13660 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13662 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13664 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13665 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13666 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13667 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13668 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13670 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13672 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13673 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13675 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13677 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'help-xref-interned 'describe-symbol "25.1")
13679 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13680 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13681 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13682 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13684 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13686 ;;;***
13688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (22150 28227
13689 ;;;;;; 434072 702000))
13690 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13692 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13693 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13695 \(fn)" t nil)
13697 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13698 Provide help for current mode.
13700 \(fn)" t nil)
13702 ;;;***
13704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (22150 28228 26072 702000))
13705 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13707 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13708 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13709 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13710 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13711 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13713 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13714 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13716 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13717 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13718 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13719 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13721 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13722 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13723 periods.
13725 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13726 in hexl format.
13728 A sample format:
13730 HEX ADDR: 0011 2233 4455 6677 8899 aabb ccdd eeff ASCII-TEXT
13731 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13732 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13733 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13734 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13735 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13736 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13737 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13738 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13739 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13740 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13741 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13742 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13743 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13744 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13746 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13747 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13748 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13750 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13751 also supported.
13753 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13755 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13756 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13757 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13759 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13760 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13761 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13763 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13764 into the buffer at the current point.
13766 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13767 into the buffer at the current point.
13769 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13770 into the buffer at the current point.
13772 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13774 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13775 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13777 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13779 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13781 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13783 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13784 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13785 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13786 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13788 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13790 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13791 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13792 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13794 \(fn)" t nil)
13796 ;;;***
13798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (22311 14139 174375
13799 ;;;;;; 715000))
13800 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13802 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13803 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13804 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13805 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13806 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13808 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13809 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13810 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13811 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13813 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13814 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13815 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13816 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13818 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13819 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13820 which can be called interactively, are:
13822 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13823 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13825 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13826 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13827 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13828 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13830 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13831 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13833 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13834 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13835 available face automatically.
13837 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13838 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13840 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13841 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13842 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13843 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13844 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13845 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13846 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13847 `ask' and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13848 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13849 function returns t.
13851 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13852 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13854 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13855 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13856 form:
13857 Hi-lock: FOO
13859 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13860 position (number of characters into buffer)
13861 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13862 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13863 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13865 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13867 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13868 Non-nil if Global Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13869 See the `global-hi-lock-mode' command
13870 for a description of this minor mode.
13871 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13872 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13873 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13875 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13877 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13878 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13879 With prefix ARG, enable Global Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13880 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13881 ARG is omitted or nil.
13883 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13884 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13885 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13887 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13889 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13891 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13892 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13893 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13894 Use the global history list for FACE.
13896 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13897 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13898 highlighting will not update as you type.
13900 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13902 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13904 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13905 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13906 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13907 Use the global history list for FACE.
13909 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13910 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13911 highlighting will not update as you type.
13913 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13915 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13917 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13918 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13919 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13920 Use the global history list for FACE.
13922 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13923 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13924 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13926 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13927 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13928 highlighting will not update as you type.
13930 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13932 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13934 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13935 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13936 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13937 unless you use a prefix argument.
13938 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13940 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13941 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13943 \(fn)" t nil)
13945 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13947 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13948 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13949 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13950 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13951 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13952 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13954 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13956 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13957 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13959 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13960 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13961 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13963 \(fn)" t nil)
13965 ;;;***
13967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (22197 58438
13968 ;;;;;; 447460 447000))
13969 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13971 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13972 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13973 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13974 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13975 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13977 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13978 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13979 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13980 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13982 `hide-ifdef-env'
13983 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13984 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13985 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13986 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13987 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13988 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13989 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13991 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13992 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13993 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13994 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13995 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13997 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13998 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13999 #endif lines when hiding.
14001 `hide-ifdef-initially'
14002 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
14003 is activated.
14005 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
14006 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
14007 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
14009 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
14011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14013 ;;;***
14015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (22150 28228
14016 ;;;;;; 830072 702000))
14017 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
14019 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
14020 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
14021 Each element has the form
14022 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
14024 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
14025 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
14027 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
14028 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
14030 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
14031 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
14032 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
14033 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
14034 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
14035 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
14037 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
14038 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
14040 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
14041 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
14043 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
14044 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
14045 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
14047 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
14048 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
14049 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
14050 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
14051 if ARG is omitted or nil.
14053 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
14054 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
14055 The value (hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
14057 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
14058 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
14059 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
14061 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
14062 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
14064 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
14066 Key bindings:
14067 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
14069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14071 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
14072 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
14074 \(fn)" nil nil)
14076 ;;;***
14078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (22150 28228 30072
14079 ;;;;;; 702000))
14080 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
14082 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14083 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
14084 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
14085 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
14086 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14088 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
14089 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
14090 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
14091 this on and off.
14093 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
14094 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
14095 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
14096 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
14097 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
14098 through various faces.
14099 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
14100 buffer with the contents of a file
14101 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
14103 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14105 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14106 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
14107 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
14108 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
14109 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14111 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
14112 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
14113 in a distinctive face.
14115 The default value can be customized with variable
14116 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
14118 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
14120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14122 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
14123 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
14124 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
14126 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
14128 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
14129 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14131 \(fn)" t nil)
14133 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
14134 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14136 \(fn)" t nil)
14138 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
14139 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
14141 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
14142 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
14143 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
14144 shown in the last face in the list.
14146 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
14147 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
14148 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
14150 (add-hook \\='write-file-functions \\='highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
14152 \(fn)" t nil)
14154 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
14155 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
14157 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
14159 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
14160 to save the file.
14162 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
14163 written to a temporary file for comparison.
14165 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14166 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14167 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14169 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
14171 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
14172 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
14174 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
14175 this function is called interactively.
14177 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
14178 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
14179 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
14181 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14182 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14183 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14185 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
14187 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
14188 Non-nil if Global Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
14189 See the `global-highlight-changes-mode' command
14190 for a description of this minor mode.
14191 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14192 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14193 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
14195 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
14197 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14198 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
14199 With prefix ARG, enable Global Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
14200 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
14201 ARG is omitted or nil.
14203 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
14204 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
14205 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
14207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14209 ;;;***
14211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (22150 28228 30072
14212 ;;;;;; 702000))
14213 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
14214 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
14216 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
14217 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
14218 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
14219 or insert functions in this list.")
14221 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
14223 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
14224 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
14225 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
14226 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
14227 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
14228 expansions.
14229 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
14230 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
14231 undoes the expansion.
14233 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14235 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
14236 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
14237 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
14238 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
14240 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
14242 ;;;***
14244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (22150 28228 30072 702000))
14245 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
14247 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14248 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
14249 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14250 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14251 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14253 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
14254 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14255 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
14256 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
14257 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
14258 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
14260 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14261 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
14262 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14263 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14265 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14267 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
14268 Non-nil if Global Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14269 See the `global-hl-line-mode' command
14270 for a description of this minor mode.
14271 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14272 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14273 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14275 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14277 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14278 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14279 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14280 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14281 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14283 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14284 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14285 windows.
14287 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14288 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14292 ;;;***
14294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (22150 28227
14295 ;;;;;; 78072 702000))
14296 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14298 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14299 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14300 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14302 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14304 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14306 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14307 Oriental holidays.
14308 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14310 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14312 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14314 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14315 Local holidays.
14316 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14318 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14320 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14322 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14323 User defined holidays.
14324 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14326 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14328 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14330 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14331 Jewish holidays.
14332 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14334 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14336 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14338 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14339 Christian holidays.
14340 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14342 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14344 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14346 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14347 Islamic holidays.
14348 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14350 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14352 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14354 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá’u’lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá’u’lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu’l-Bahá"))))) "\
14355 Bahá’í holidays.
14356 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14358 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14360 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14362 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14363 Sun-related holidays.
14364 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14366 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14368 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14370 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14372 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14373 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14374 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14375 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14379 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14380 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14381 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14382 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14383 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14385 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14386 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14388 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14389 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14391 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14392 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14393 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14394 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14395 of a holiday list.
14397 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14399 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14401 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14403 ;;;***
14405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (22150 28227
14406 ;;;;;; 946072 702000))
14407 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14409 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14410 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14412 \(fn)" t nil)
14414 ;;;***
14416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (22174 41792
14417 ;;;;;; 975867 435000))
14418 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14419 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14421 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14422 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14423 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14424 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14425 as possible.
14427 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14428 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14429 fontified display.
14431 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14432 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14434 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14435 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14436 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14438 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14440 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14441 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14442 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14444 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14446 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14448 ;;;***
14450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (22150 28228 50072
14451 ;;;;;; 702000))
14452 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14454 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14455 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14457 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14458 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14459 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14461 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14462 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14463 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14464 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14465 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14466 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14468 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14469 title of the column.
14471 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14472 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14473 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14474 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14475 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14477 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14479 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
14481 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14482 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14483 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14484 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14485 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14487 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14488 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14489 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14491 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14493 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
14495 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14497 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14498 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14499 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14500 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14501 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14502 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14504 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14505 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14506 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14507 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14508 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14509 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14510 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14511 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14512 values are:
14513 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14514 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14515 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14516 buffer's modification flag.
14517 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14518 prompted before performing this operation.
14519 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14520 operation is complete, in the form:
14521 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14522 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14523 confirmation message, in the form:
14524 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14525 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14526 macro for exactly what it does.
14528 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14530 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14532 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'doc-string-elt '3)
14534 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14535 Define a filter named NAME.
14536 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14537 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14538 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14540 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14541 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14542 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14543 bound to the current value of the filter.
14545 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14547 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14549 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14551 ;;;***
14553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (22150 28612 886072
14554 ;;;;;; 702000))
14555 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14557 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14558 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14559 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14560 buffers which are visiting a file.
14562 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14564 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14565 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14566 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14567 buffers which are visiting a file.
14569 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14571 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14572 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14573 Type `h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14575 All arguments are optional.
14576 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14577 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14578 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14579 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14580 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14581 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14582 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14583 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14584 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14585 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14586 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14587 that value locally in this buffer.
14589 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14591 ;;;***
14593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (22150
14594 ;;;;;; 28227 78072 702000))
14595 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14596 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14598 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14599 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14600 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14601 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14603 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14605 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14606 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14607 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14608 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14609 ICAL-FILENAME.
14610 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14611 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14612 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14614 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14616 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14617 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14618 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14619 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14620 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14621 non-marking or not.
14623 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14625 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14626 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14628 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14629 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14630 DIARY-FILE.
14632 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14633 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14634 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14636 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14637 non-marking.
14639 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14640 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14641 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14643 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14645 ;;;***
14647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (22150 28228 54072
14648 ;;;;;; 702000))
14649 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14651 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14652 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14653 See the `icomplete-mode' command
14654 for a description of this minor mode.
14655 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14656 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14657 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14659 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14661 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14662 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14663 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14664 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14665 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14667 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14668 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14669 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14670 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14672 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14673 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14675 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14676 completions:
14678 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14681 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
14682 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t)
14683 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
14684 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
14686 ;;;***
14688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (22197 58438 447460
14689 ;;;;;; 447000))
14690 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14692 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14693 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14694 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14695 Tab indents for Icon code.
14696 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14697 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14698 \\{icon-mode-map}
14699 Variables controlling indentation style:
14700 icon-tab-always-indent
14701 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14702 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14703 icon-auto-newline
14704 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14705 inserted in Icon code.
14706 icon-indent-level
14707 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14708 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14709 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14710 icon-continued-statement-offset
14711 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14712 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14713 icon-continued-brace-offset
14714 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14715 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14716 icon-brace-offset
14717 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14718 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14719 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14720 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14722 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14723 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14725 \(fn)" t nil)
14727 ;;;***
14729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (22150
14730 ;;;;;; 28228 850072 702000))
14731 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14733 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14734 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14735 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14736 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14738 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14739 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14740 separate frames.
14742 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14743 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14745 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14746 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14747 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14749 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14751 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14753 ;;;***
14755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (22197 58438
14756 ;;;;;; 467460 447000))
14757 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14758 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14760 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14761 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14763 The main features of this mode are
14765 1. Indentation and Formatting
14766 --------------------------
14767 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14768 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14770 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14771 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14772 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14773 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14775 Comments are indented as follows:
14777 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14778 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14779 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14781 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14783 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14784 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14785 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14786 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14787 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14788 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14790 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14791 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14792 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14793 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14795 2. Routine Info
14796 ------------
14797 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14798 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14799 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14800 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14801 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14802 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14803 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14804 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14805 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14806 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14808 3. Online IDL Help
14809 ---------------
14811 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14812 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14813 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14814 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14816 4. Completion
14817 ----------
14818 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14819 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14820 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14821 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14822 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14823 upper case.
14825 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14826 --------------------------------
14827 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14828 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\'. Some examples:
14830 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14831 \\fu FUNCTION template
14832 \\c CASE statement template
14833 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14834 \\f FOR loop template
14835 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14836 \\w WHILE loop template
14837 \\i IF statement template
14838 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14839 \\b BEGIN
14841 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14842 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14844 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14845 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14846 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14847 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14849 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14850 -------------------------
14851 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14852 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14854 7. Automatic END completion
14855 ------------------------
14856 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14857 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14859 8. Hooks
14860 -----
14861 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14862 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14864 9. Documentation and Customization
14865 -------------------------------
14866 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14867 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14868 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14869 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14870 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14871 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14873 10.Keybindings
14874 -----------
14875 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14876 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14877 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14879 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14881 \(fn)" t nil)
14883 ;;;***
14885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (22150 28228 82072 702000))
14886 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14888 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14889 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14890 The following values are possible:
14891 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14892 displaying...)
14893 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14894 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14895 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14897 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14898 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14900 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14902 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14903 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14904 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14905 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14906 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14907 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14908 However, if ARG arg equals `files', remap only commands for files, or
14909 if it equals `buffers', remap only commands for buffer switching.
14910 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14912 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14914 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14915 Switch to another buffer.
14916 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14917 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14918 in another frame.
14920 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14921 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14922 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14923 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14924 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14926 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14927 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14929 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14931 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14932 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14933 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14934 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14935 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14936 in a separate window.
14937 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14938 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14939 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14940 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14941 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14942 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14943 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14944 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14945 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14947 \(fn)" t nil)
14949 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14950 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14951 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14952 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14954 \(fn)" t nil)
14956 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14957 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14958 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14959 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14961 \(fn)" t nil)
14963 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14964 Kill a buffer.
14965 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14966 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14968 \(fn)" t nil)
14970 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14971 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14972 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14973 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14975 \(fn)" t nil)
14977 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14978 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14979 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14980 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14982 \(fn)" t nil)
14984 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14985 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14987 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14989 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14990 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14991 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14992 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14993 in another frame.
14995 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14996 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14997 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14998 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14999 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
15000 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
15002 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
15003 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
15005 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
15007 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
15008 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
15009 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
15010 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
15011 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
15012 in a separate window.
15013 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
15014 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
15015 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
15016 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
15017 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
15018 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
15019 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
15020 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
15021 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
15022 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
15023 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
15024 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
15025 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
15026 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
15027 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
15028 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
15029 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
15030 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
15032 \(fn)" t nil)
15034 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
15035 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
15036 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15037 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15039 \(fn)" t nil)
15041 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
15042 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
15043 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15044 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15046 \(fn)" t nil)
15048 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
15049 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
15050 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15051 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15053 \(fn)" t nil)
15055 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
15056 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
15057 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15058 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15060 \(fn)" t nil)
15062 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
15063 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
15064 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15065 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15067 \(fn)" t nil)
15069 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
15070 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
15071 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15072 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15074 \(fn)" t nil)
15076 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
15077 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
15078 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15079 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15081 \(fn)" t nil)
15083 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
15084 Write current buffer to a file.
15085 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15086 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15088 \(fn)" t nil)
15090 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
15091 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
15092 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15093 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15095 \(fn)" t nil)
15097 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
15098 Call `dired' the Ido way.
15099 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15100 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15102 \(fn)" t nil)
15104 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
15105 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
15106 Return the name of a buffer selected.
15107 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
15108 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
15109 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
15111 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH PREDICATE)" nil nil)
15113 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
15114 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
15115 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15116 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
15118 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
15120 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
15121 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
15122 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15123 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
15125 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
15127 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
15128 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
15129 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
15130 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
15131 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
15132 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
15133 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
15134 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
15135 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
15136 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
15137 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
15138 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
15139 with point positioned at the end.
15140 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
15141 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
15143 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
15145 ;;;***
15147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (22150 28228 82072 702000))
15148 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
15150 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
15151 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
15152 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
15153 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
15155 \(fn)" t nil)
15157 ;;;***
15159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (22150 28228 82072 702000))
15160 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
15162 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
15164 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15165 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
15166 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
15167 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15168 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
15169 \\{iimage-mode-map}
15171 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15173 ;;;***
15175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (22150 28228 86072 702000))
15176 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15178 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
15179 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15180 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15181 be determined.
15183 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15185 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
15186 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15187 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15188 be determined.
15190 \(fn)" nil nil)
15192 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
15193 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15194 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15195 be determined.
15197 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15199 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
15200 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15201 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15202 be determined.
15204 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15206 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15207 Determine and return image type.
15208 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15209 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15210 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15211 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15212 use its file extension as image type.
15213 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15215 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15217 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15218 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15219 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15221 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15223 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15224 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15225 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15227 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15228 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15229 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15230 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15231 must be available.
15233 \(fn)" nil nil)
15235 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15236 Create an image.
15237 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15238 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15239 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15240 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15241 use its file extension as image type.
15242 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15243 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15244 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15245 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15247 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15249 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15250 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15251 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15253 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15255 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15256 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15257 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15258 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15259 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15260 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15261 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
15262 POS may be an integer or marker.
15263 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15264 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15265 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15266 means display it in the right marginal area.
15268 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15270 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15271 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15272 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15273 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15274 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15275 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15276 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15277 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15278 means display it in the right marginal area.
15279 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15280 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15281 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15282 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15283 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15285 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15287 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15288 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15289 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15290 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15291 STRING is a single space.
15292 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15293 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15294 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15295 means display it in the right marginal area.
15296 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15298 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15300 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15301 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15302 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15303 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15305 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15307 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15308 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15310 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15312 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15313 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15314 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15315 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15316 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15317 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15318 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15319 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15320 satisfied.
15322 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15324 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15326 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15328 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15329 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15331 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15332 documentation string.
15334 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15335 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15336 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15337 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15338 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15339 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15340 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15341 define SYMBOL.
15343 Example:
15345 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15346 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15348 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15350 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15352 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15353 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15354 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15355 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15357 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15358 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15359 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15360 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15362 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15364 \(fn)" nil nil)
15366 ;;;***
15368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (22150 28228
15369 ;;;;;; 86072 702000))
15370 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15371 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15373 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15374 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15375 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15376 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15377 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15378 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15380 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15382 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15383 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15385 Convenience command that:
15387 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15388 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15389 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15391 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15392 image files in dired and type
15393 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15395 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15397 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15398 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15400 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15402 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15403 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15404 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15405 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15406 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15407 another one).
15409 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15410 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15411 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15413 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15414 instead of erasing it first.
15416 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15417 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15418 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15419 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15420 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15421 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15423 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15425 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15426 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15427 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15428 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15429 displayed.
15431 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15433 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15435 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15437 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15438 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15440 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15442 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15443 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15444 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15446 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15448 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15449 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15451 \(fn)" t nil)
15453 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15454 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15455 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15456 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15458 \(fn)" t nil)
15460 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15461 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15463 \(fn)" t nil)
15465 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15466 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15468 \(fn)" t nil)
15470 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15471 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15473 \(fn)" t nil)
15475 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15476 Display current image file.
15477 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15478 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15480 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15482 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15483 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15485 \(fn)" t nil)
15487 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15488 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15489 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15490 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15491 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15492 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15493 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15495 \(fn)" t nil)
15497 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15498 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15499 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15500 easy-to-use form.
15502 \(fn)" t nil)
15504 ;;;***
15506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (22150 28228 86072
15507 ;;;;;; 702000))
15508 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15510 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15511 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15512 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15513 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15515 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15516 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15517 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15518 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15520 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15522 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15523 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15524 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15525 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15527 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15528 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15529 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15530 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15532 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15534 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15535 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15537 \(fn)" nil nil)
15539 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15540 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15541 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15542 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15544 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15546 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15547 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15548 See the `auto-image-file-mode' command
15549 for a description of this minor mode.
15550 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15551 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15552 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15554 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15556 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15557 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15558 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15559 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15560 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15562 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15563 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15564 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15568 ;;;***
15570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (22174 53239 753341
15571 ;;;;;; 435000))
15572 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15574 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15575 Major mode for image files.
15576 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15577 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15579 Key bindings:
15580 \\{image-mode-map}
15582 \(fn)" t nil)
15584 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15585 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15586 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15587 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15588 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15590 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15591 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15592 actual image.
15594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15596 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15597 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15598 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15599 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15600 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15601 to display an image file as the actual image.
15603 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15604 to display an image file as text initially.
15606 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15607 on these modes.
15609 \(fn)" t nil)
15611 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15614 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15616 ;;;***
15618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (22311 14139 174375 715000))
15619 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15621 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15622 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15624 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15626 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15627 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15628 in the buffer.
15630 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15632 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15633 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15634 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15636 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15638 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15639 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15640 Each element of this list should have the form
15642 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15644 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15645 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15646 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15647 matches are put).
15648 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15649 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15650 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15651 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15652 another element.
15653 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15654 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15655 the menu item.
15656 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15657 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15658 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15659 the ARGUMENTS.
15661 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15662 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15663 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15665 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15666 create a buffer index.
15668 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15669 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15670 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15671 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15672 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15674 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15676 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15677 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15679 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15680 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15681 called within a `save-excursion'.
15683 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15685 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15687 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15688 Function for finding the next index position.
15690 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15691 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15692 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15693 file.
15695 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15696 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15698 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15700 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15701 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15703 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15704 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15705 It should return the name for that index item.")
15707 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15709 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15710 Function to compare string with index item.
15712 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15713 non-nil if they match.
15715 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15716 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15717 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15718 arguments match\".")
15720 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15722 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15723 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15724 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15726 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15727 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15729 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15731 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15733 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15734 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15735 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15736 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15738 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15740 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15741 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15743 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15745 \(fn)" t nil)
15747 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15748 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15749 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15750 for more information.
15752 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15754 ;;;***
15756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (22150 28228
15757 ;;;;;; 190072 702000))
15758 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15760 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15761 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15763 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15765 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15768 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15770 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15773 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15775 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15778 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15780 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15781 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15783 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15785 ;;;***
15787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (22150 28228
15788 ;;;;;; 862072 702000))
15789 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15791 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15792 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15793 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15794 to that buffer.
15795 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15796 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15797 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15798 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15800 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15802 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15804 ;;;***
15806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (22150 28228 98072 702000))
15807 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15809 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15810 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15811 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15812 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15813 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15814 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15815 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15816 first in this list.
15818 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15819 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15820 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15821 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15822 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15824 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15825 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15826 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15828 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15829 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15831 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15832 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15834 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15835 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15836 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15837 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15838 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15839 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15840 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15841 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15842 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15843 with the top-level Info directory.
15845 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15846 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15848 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15850 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15851 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15852 in all the directories in that path.
15854 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15856 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15858 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15859 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15861 \(fn)" t nil)
15863 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15864 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15866 \(fn)" t nil)
15868 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15869 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15870 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15871 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15873 \(fn)" nil nil)
15875 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15876 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15877 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15878 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15880 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15882 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15883 Go to the Info directory node.
15885 \(fn)" t nil)
15887 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15888 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15889 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15890 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15891 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15892 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15894 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15896 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15897 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15898 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15900 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15902 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15903 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15904 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15905 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15906 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15908 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15910 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15911 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15912 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15913 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15914 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15916 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15917 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15919 Selecting other nodes:
15920 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15921 Follow a node reference you click on.
15922 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15923 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15924 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15925 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15926 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15927 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15928 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15929 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15930 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15931 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15932 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15933 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15934 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15935 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15936 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15937 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15938 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15939 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15940 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15941 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15943 Moving within a node:
15944 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15945 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15946 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15947 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15948 move up to the parent node.
15949 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15950 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15951 if there is none.
15952 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15954 Advanced commands:
15955 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15956 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15957 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15958 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15959 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15960 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15961 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15962 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15963 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15964 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15965 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15966 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15967 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15968 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15969 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15970 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15972 \(fn)" t nil)
15973 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15975 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15976 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15977 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15978 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15979 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15980 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15982 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15983 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15985 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15986 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15987 KEY is a string.
15988 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15989 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15990 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15991 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15993 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15995 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15996 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15997 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15999 \(fn)" t nil)
16001 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
16002 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
16003 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
16005 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
16007 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
16008 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
16009 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
16010 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
16011 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
16012 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
16014 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
16016 ;;;***
16018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (22291 28851 633608
16019 ;;;;;; 847000))
16020 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
16022 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
16023 Throw away all cached data.
16024 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
16025 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
16026 system.
16028 \(fn)" t nil)
16029 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
16031 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
16032 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
16033 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
16034 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
16035 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
16036 one found at point.
16038 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
16040 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
16041 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
16043 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
16044 Display the documentation of a file.
16045 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
16046 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
16047 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
16048 The default file name is the one found at point.
16050 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
16052 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
16054 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
16055 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
16057 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
16059 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
16060 Perform completion on file preceding point.
16062 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
16064 ;;;***
16066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (22150 28228 94072
16067 ;;;;;; 702000))
16068 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
16069 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16071 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
16072 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
16073 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
16074 current info file is the default.
16076 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
16077 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
16078 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
16079 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
16080 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
16082 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
16083 validate node references within it. A message is given for
16084 missing target files once per source document. It could be
16085 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
16086 mistake in the reference.
16088 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
16089 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
16090 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
16092 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
16093 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
16094 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
16095 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
16097 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
16099 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
16100 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
16101 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
16102 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
16103 checked.
16105 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
16106 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
16107 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
16108 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
16109 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
16110 should be harmless.
16112 \(fn)" t nil)
16114 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
16115 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
16116 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
16117 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
16119 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
16120 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
16121 and can take a long time.
16123 \(fn)" t nil)
16125 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
16126 Check docstring info node references in source files.
16127 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
16129 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
16131 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
16132 as per `info-xref-check' does.
16134 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
16135 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
16136 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
16137 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
16138 all builtins).
16140 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
16141 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
16142 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
16143 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
16144 the sources handy.
16146 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
16148 ;;;***
16150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (22150 28228 102072
16151 ;;;;;; 702000))
16152 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
16154 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
16155 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
16157 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
16159 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
16160 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
16162 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
16164 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
16165 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
16166 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
16167 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
16169 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
16170 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
16171 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
16173 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
16174 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
16175 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
16176 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
16178 \(fn)" t nil)
16180 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
16181 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
16182 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
16184 \(fn)" t nil)
16186 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
16187 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
16188 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
16189 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
16190 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
16192 \(fn)" nil nil)
16194 ;;;***
16196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (22171 34371
16197 ;;;;;; 930658 796000))
16198 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
16200 (autoload 'define-inline "inline" "\
16203 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
16205 (function-put 'define-inline 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
16207 (function-put 'define-inline 'doc-string-elt '3)
16209 ;;;***
16211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (22150 28227
16212 ;;;;;; 218072 702000))
16213 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
16214 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16216 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
16217 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
16218 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
16220 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
16222 ;;;***
16224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (22150
16225 ;;;;;; 28228 106072 702000))
16226 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
16228 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16229 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
16231 \(fn)" t nil)
16233 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16234 Toggle input method in interactive search.
16236 \(fn)" t nil)
16238 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
16241 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
16243 ;;;***
16245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (22150 28228 154072
16246 ;;;;;; 702000))
16247 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
16248 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
16250 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
16251 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
16252 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
16253 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
16254 accessed via isearchb.
16256 \(fn)" t nil)
16258 ;;;***
16260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (22150
16261 ;;;;;; 28228 106072 702000))
16262 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16264 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16265 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16266 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16267 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16268 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16270 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16272 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16273 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16274 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16275 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16276 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16278 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16280 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16281 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16282 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16283 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16284 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16286 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16288 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16289 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16290 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16291 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16292 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16294 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16296 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16297 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16298 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16299 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16300 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16302 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16304 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16305 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16306 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16307 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16308 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16310 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16312 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16313 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16314 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16315 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16316 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16318 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16320 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16321 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16322 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16323 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16325 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16327 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16328 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16329 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16330 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16332 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16334 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16335 Warn that format is read-only.
16337 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16339 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16340 Warn that format is write-only.
16342 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16344 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16345 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16347 \(fn)" t nil)
16349 ;;;***
16351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16352 ;;;;;; (22150 28228 106072 702000))
16353 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16354 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16355 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16357 ;;;***
16359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (22308 37947
16360 ;;;;;; 230422 527000))
16361 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16363 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16365 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16366 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16367 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16368 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for Aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16369 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16371 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16373 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16375 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16376 Key map for ispell menu.")
16378 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16379 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16380 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16381 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16383 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16385 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16387 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16389 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16391 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage"))) "\
16392 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16393 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16394 Valid forms include:
16395 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16396 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16397 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16398 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16400 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16401 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16402 First list is used raw.
16403 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16405 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16406 for skipping in latex mode.")
16408 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16409 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16410 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16411 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16412 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16413 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16414 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16416 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16417 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16418 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16419 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16421 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16422 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16423 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16424 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16425 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16427 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16428 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16430 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16431 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16433 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16434 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16436 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16437 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16439 Return values:
16440 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16441 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16442 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16443 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16444 quit spell session exited.
16446 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16448 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16449 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16450 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16452 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16454 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16455 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16457 Selections are:
16459 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16460 SPC: Accept word this time.
16461 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16462 `a': Accept word for this session.
16463 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16464 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16465 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16466 `?': Show these commands.
16467 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16468 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16469 the aborted check to be completed later.
16470 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16471 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16472 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16473 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16474 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16475 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16476 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16478 \(fn)" nil nil)
16480 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16481 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16482 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16483 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16485 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16487 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16488 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16489 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16490 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16492 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16494 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16496 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16497 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16498 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16499 amount for last line processed.
16501 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16503 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16504 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16506 \(fn)" t nil)
16508 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16509 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16511 \(fn)" t nil)
16513 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16514 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16515 If APPEND is non-n il, append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16517 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16519 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16520 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16522 \(fn)" t nil)
16524 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16525 Try to complete the word before or at point.
16526 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil, then the word may be a character
16527 sequence inside of a word.
16529 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16531 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16533 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16534 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16536 \(fn)" t nil)
16538 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16539 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16540 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16541 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16543 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16544 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16545 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16546 available on the net.
16548 \(fn)" t nil)
16550 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16551 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16552 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16553 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16554 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16556 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16557 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16558 spelled.
16560 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16561 read them into the running Ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16562 SPC.
16564 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16565 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16569 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16570 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16571 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16572 Don't check included messages.
16574 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16575 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16576 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16578 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16579 in your init file:
16580 (add-hook \\='message-send-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16581 (add-hook \\='news-inews-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16582 (add-hook \\='mail-send-hook \\='ispell-message)
16583 (add-hook \\='mh-before-send-letter-hook \\='ispell-message)
16585 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16586 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16587 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" \\='ispell-message)))
16589 \(fn)" t nil)
16591 ;;;***
16593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (22150
16594 ;;;;;; 28228 190072 702000))
16595 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16597 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16600 \(fn)" nil nil)
16602 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16603 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16604 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16605 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16606 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16607 \(`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16608 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16609 necessary to represent OBJ.
16611 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16613 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16614 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16615 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16616 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16618 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16620 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16621 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16622 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16623 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16624 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16626 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16628 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16629 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16630 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16631 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16633 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16635 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16636 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16637 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16638 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16640 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16642 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16643 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16645 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16647 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16648 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16649 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16650 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16651 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16653 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16655 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16656 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16657 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16658 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16659 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16661 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16663 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16664 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16665 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16667 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16669 ;;;***
16671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (22150 28228 158072
16672 ;;;;;; 702000))
16673 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16675 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16676 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16677 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16678 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16680 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16683 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16685 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16686 Uninstall jka-compr.
16687 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16688 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16689 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16691 \(fn)" nil nil)
16693 ;;;***
16695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (22323 5347 50589 123000))
16696 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16697 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16699 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16700 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16702 \(fn)" t nil)
16704 (autoload 'js-jsx-mode "js" "\
16705 Major mode for editing JSX.
16707 To customize the indentation for this mode, set the SGML offset
16708 variables (`sgml-basic-offset', `sgml-attribute-offset' et al.)
16709 locally, like so:
16711 (defun set-jsx-indentation ()
16712 (setq-local sgml-basic-offset js-indent-level))
16713 (add-hook \\='js-jsx-mode-hook #\\='set-jsx-indentation)
16715 \(fn)" t nil)
16716 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16718 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
16720 ;;;***
16722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (22197 58438 339460 447000))
16723 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16724 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16726 ;;;***
16728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (22150 28227
16729 ;;;;;; 462072 702000))
16730 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16732 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16733 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16734 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16735 decimal key must be specified.")
16737 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16739 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16740 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16741 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16742 decimal key must be specified.")
16744 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16746 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16747 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16748 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16749 decimal key must be specified.")
16751 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16753 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16754 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16755 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16756 decimal key must be specified.")
16758 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16760 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16761 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16762 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16763 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16764 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16765 keys are bound.
16767 Setup Binding
16768 -------------------------------------------------------------
16769 `prefix' Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16770 `S-cursor' Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16771 `cursor' Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16772 `numeric' Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16773 `none' Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16774 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16775 in the global and local keymaps.
16777 If SETUP is `numeric' and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16778 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16780 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16782 ;;;***
16784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (22150
16785 ;;;;;; 28228 106072 702000))
16786 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16788 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16789 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16790 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16792 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16793 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16794 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16795 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16796 shorter.
16798 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16799 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16800 the context of text formatting.
16802 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16804 ;;;***
16806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (22150 28228 106072
16807 ;;;;;; 702000))
16808 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16810 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16811 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16812 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16813 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16814 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16815 positions that contains the current selection.")
16817 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16818 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16819 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16820 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16821 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16822 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16823 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16825 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16827 ;;;***
16829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (22150 28228 162072 702000))
16830 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16831 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16832 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16833 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16834 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16835 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16836 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16837 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16839 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16840 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16841 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16843 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16845 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16846 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16847 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16848 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16849 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16851 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16853 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16854 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16855 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16857 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16858 defining the macro.
16860 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16861 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16862 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16864 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16865 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16867 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16869 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16870 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16871 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16872 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16873 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16874 under that name.
16876 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16877 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16878 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16880 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16882 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16883 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16884 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16885 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16887 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16888 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16889 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16890 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16892 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16893 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16895 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16897 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16898 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16899 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16901 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16902 macro.
16904 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16905 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16907 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16908 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16909 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16911 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16912 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16914 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16916 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16917 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16918 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16919 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16921 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16923 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16924 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16925 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16926 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16928 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16929 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16931 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16933 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16934 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16935 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16937 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16939 ;;;***
16941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (22150
16942 ;;;;;; 28228 194072 702000))
16943 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16945 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16946 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16947 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16949 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16952 \(fn)" nil nil)
16954 ;;;***
16956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (22150 28228
16957 ;;;;;; 194072 702000))
16958 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16960 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16963 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16965 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16966 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16967 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16968 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16969 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16970 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16972 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16973 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16975 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16977 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16978 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16980 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16982 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16985 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16987 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16990 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16992 ;;;***
16994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (22150
16995 ;;;;;; 28228 106072 702000))
16996 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16998 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16999 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
17000 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
17001 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
17003 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
17005 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
17006 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
17007 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
17009 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
17011 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
17012 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
17013 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
17015 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
17017 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
17018 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
17019 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
17020 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
17022 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
17024 ;;;***
17026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
17027 ;;;;;; (22150 28228 110072 702000))
17028 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
17030 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
17031 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
17032 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
17033 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
17034 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
17035 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
17036 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
17037 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
17039 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
17040 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
17042 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17043 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
17045 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
17047 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
17048 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
17049 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
17050 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
17051 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
17052 `latin1-display-setup'.
17054 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
17056 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
17057 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
17058 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
17059 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
17061 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17062 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
17064 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
17066 ;;;***
17068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (22150
17069 ;;;;;; 28228 866072 702000))
17070 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
17072 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
17073 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
17075 \(fn)" t nil)
17077 ;;;***
17079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" (22150
17080 ;;;;;; 28227 434072 702000))
17081 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
17082 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
17084 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
17085 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
17086 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
17087 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
17089 For instance, the following code
17091 (let-alist alist
17092 (if (and .title .body)
17093 .body
17094 .site
17095 .site.contents))
17097 essentially expands to
17099 (let ((.title (cdr (assq \\='title alist)))
17100 (.body (cdr (assq \\='body alist)))
17101 (.site (cdr (assq \\='site alist)))
17102 (.site.contents (cdr (assq \\='contents (cdr (assq \\='site alist))))))
17103 (if (and .title .body)
17104 .body
17105 .site
17106 .site.contents))
17108 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
17109 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
17110 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
17111 displayed in the example above.
17113 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
17115 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
17117 ;;;***
17119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (22150 28228 678072 702000))
17120 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
17122 (autoload 'life "life" "\
17123 Run Conway's Life simulation.
17124 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
17125 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
17126 generations (this defaults to 1).
17128 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
17130 ;;;***
17132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (22150 28228 210072 702000))
17133 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
17134 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
17136 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
17137 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
17138 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
17139 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
17140 if ARG is omitted or nil.
17142 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
17144 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17146 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
17147 Non-nil if Global Linum mode is enabled.
17148 See the `global-linum-mode' command
17149 for a description of this minor mode.
17150 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17151 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17152 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
17154 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
17156 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
17157 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
17158 With prefix ARG, enable Global Linum mode if ARG is positive;
17159 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
17160 ARG is omitted or nil.
17162 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
17163 `linum-on' would do it.
17164 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
17166 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17168 ;;;***
17170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (22150 28228 210072
17171 ;;;;;; 702000))
17172 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
17174 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
17175 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
17176 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17177 is nil, raise an error.
17179 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
17180 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
17181 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
17182 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
17183 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
17184 defined by the library.
17186 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
17187 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
17188 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
17189 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
17190 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
17191 proceeds.
17193 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
17194 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
17195 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
17196 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
17198 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17200 ;;;***
17202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (22150 28228 210072 702000))
17203 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17205 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
17206 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17207 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17209 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
17211 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
17212 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17213 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17214 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17216 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17217 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17218 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17219 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17220 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17221 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17222 the version.)
17224 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17225 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17227 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17228 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17230 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
17231 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
17233 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17235 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17236 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17237 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17238 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17239 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17240 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17241 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17242 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17243 to constrain a big search.
17245 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17247 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17248 except that FILTER is not optional.
17250 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17252 ;;;***
17254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (22150 28229 278072
17255 ;;;;;; 702000))
17256 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
17258 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17259 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17260 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
17261 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
17262 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
17263 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
17264 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
17265 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
17266 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
17267 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17269 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
17270 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
17271 associated values:
17272 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17273 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17274 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17275 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17276 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17278 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17279 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17280 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17282 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17284 ;;;***
17286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (22294 5044 399300
17287 ;;;;;; 64000))
17288 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17290 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17291 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17293 \(fn)" t nil)
17295 ;;;***
17297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (22150 28228 210072 702000))
17298 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17300 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17301 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17303 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17304 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17306 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17307 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17308 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17310 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17311 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17313 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17314 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17315 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17316 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17317 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17318 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17319 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17321 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17323 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17324 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17325 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17326 switch on this list.
17327 See `lpr-command'.")
17329 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17331 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17332 Name of program for printing a file.
17334 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17335 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17336 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17337 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17338 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17339 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17340 argument.")
17342 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17344 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17345 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17346 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17347 for customization of the printer command.
17349 \(fn)" t nil)
17351 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17352 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17354 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17355 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17356 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17357 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17359 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17360 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17362 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17363 for further customization of the printer command.
17365 \(fn)" t nil)
17367 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17368 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17369 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17370 for customization of the printer command.
17372 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17374 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17375 Paginate and print the region contents.
17377 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17378 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17379 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17380 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17382 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17383 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17385 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17386 for further customization of the printer command.
17388 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17390 ;;;***
17392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (22220 19926 384329
17393 ;;;;;; 271000))
17394 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17396 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17397 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17398 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17400 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17402 ;;;***
17404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (22150 28227 78072
17405 ;;;;;; 702000))
17406 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17408 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17409 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17410 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17411 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17415 ;;;***
17417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (22150 28228
17418 ;;;;;; 866072 702000))
17419 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17421 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17422 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17424 \(fn)" t nil)
17426 ;;;***
17428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (22150 28228 210072 702000))
17429 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17431 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17432 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17433 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17434 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17435 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17437 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17439 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17440 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17441 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17442 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17443 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17445 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17446 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17447 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17448 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17449 bindings.
17451 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17452 use this command, and then save the file.
17454 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17456 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17457 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17458 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17459 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17460 each time the macro executes.
17461 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17462 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17463 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17464 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17465 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17466 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17467 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17469 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17471 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17472 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17473 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17474 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17476 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17477 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17478 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17479 execute.
17481 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17482 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17484 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17485 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17486 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17487 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17488 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17490 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17491 looked like this:
17493 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17494 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17495 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17497 You could enter the names in this format:
17503 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17505 \\C-x (
17506 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17507 \\C-x )
17509 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17510 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17512 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17513 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17515 ;;;***
17517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (22197 58438
17518 ;;;;;; 343460 447000))
17519 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17521 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17522 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17523 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17524 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17525 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17526 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17528 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17529 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17530 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17531 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17532 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17534 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17535 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17536 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17537 consing a string.)
17539 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17541 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17542 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17544 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17546 ;;;***
17548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (22150 28228
17549 ;;;;;; 230072 702000))
17550 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17552 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17553 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17555 \(fn)" nil nil)
17557 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17560 \(fn)" nil nil)
17562 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17563 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17565 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17567 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17568 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17569 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17570 message.
17572 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17574 \(fn)" nil nil)
17576 ;;;***
17578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (22150 28228
17579 ;;;;;; 230072 702000))
17580 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17582 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17583 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17584 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17585 often correct parser.")
17587 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17589 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17590 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17591 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17592 a value which excludes your own email address.
17594 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17595 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17597 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17599 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17600 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17602 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17604 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17605 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17606 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17607 we return it unconverted.
17609 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17610 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17612 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17614 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17615 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17616 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17617 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17619 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17621 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17622 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17623 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17624 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17626 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17628 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17629 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17630 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17631 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17632 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17633 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17634 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17635 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17636 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17637 as Rmail does.
17639 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17641 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17642 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17643 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17644 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17645 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17646 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17647 matches may be returned from the message body.
17649 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17651 ;;;***
17653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (22197 58438
17654 ;;;;;; 343460 447000))
17655 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17657 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17658 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17659 See the `mail-abbrevs-mode' command
17660 for a description of this minor mode.
17661 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17662 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17663 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17665 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17667 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17668 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17669 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17670 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17671 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17673 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17674 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17675 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17676 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17680 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17681 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17683 \(fn)" nil nil)
17685 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17686 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17687 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17689 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17691 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17692 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17693 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17695 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17696 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17697 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17698 double-quotes.
17700 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17702 ;;;***
17704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (22189 64323
17705 ;;;;;; 268321 19000))
17706 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17708 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17709 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17710 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17711 king@grassland.com
17712 If `parens', they look like:
17713 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17714 If `angles', they look like:
17715 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17717 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17719 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17720 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17721 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17722 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17723 their `Resent-' variants.
17725 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17726 removed from alias expansions.
17728 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17730 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17731 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17732 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17734 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17735 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17736 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17737 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17739 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17741 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17742 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17743 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17745 \(fn)" nil nil)
17747 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17748 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17749 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17750 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17752 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17754 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17756 ;;;***
17758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (22182 4679
17759 ;;;;;; 423463 499000))
17760 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17762 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17763 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17764 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17765 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17767 \(fn)" nil nil)
17769 ;;;***
17771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (22221
17772 ;;;;;; 40772 751009 663000))
17773 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17775 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17776 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17778 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17779 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17780 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17781 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17782 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17783 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17785 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17786 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17787 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17788 dependency, despite the colon.
17790 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17792 In the browser, use the following keys:
17794 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17796 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17798 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17799 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17801 `makefile-target-colon':
17802 The string that gets appended to all target names
17803 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17804 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17806 `makefile-macro-assign':
17807 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17808 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17809 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17810 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17811 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17812 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17814 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17815 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17816 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17818 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17819 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17821 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17822 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17823 up or down in the browser.
17825 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17826 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17828 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17829 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17831 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17832 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17833 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17834 has been selected in the browser.
17836 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17837 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17838 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17839 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17840 filenames are omitted.
17842 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17843 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17844 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17845 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17846 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17847 the backslash itself intact.
17848 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17849 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17851 `makefile-browser-hook':
17852 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17853 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17855 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17856 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17857 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17858 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17860 \(fn)" t nil)
17862 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17863 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17865 \(fn)" t nil)
17867 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17868 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17870 \(fn)" t nil)
17872 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17873 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17875 \(fn)" t nil)
17877 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17878 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17880 \(fn)" t nil)
17882 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17883 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17885 \(fn)" t nil)
17887 ;;;***
17889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (22150 28228 258072
17890 ;;;;;; 702000))
17891 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17893 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17894 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17895 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17897 \(fn)" t nil)
17899 ;;;***
17901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (22316 32055 822608 108000))
17902 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17904 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17906 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17907 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17908 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17909 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17910 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17911 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17912 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17913 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17914 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17915 without running the man command.
17917 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17918 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17919 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17921 cat(1)
17922 1 cat
17924 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17925 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17926 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17927 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17929 -a chmod
17931 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17932 otherwise look like a page name.
17934 /my/file/name.1.gz
17935 -l somefile.1
17937 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17938 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17939 \"grep -E\" style regexp.
17941 -k pattern
17943 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17945 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17946 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17948 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17950 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17951 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17953 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17955 ;;;***
17957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" (22262 28597 583325
17958 ;;;;;; 308000))
17959 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
17960 (push (purecopy '(map 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17962 ;;;***
17964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (22150 28228 262072 702000))
17965 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17966 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17968 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17969 Toggle Master mode.
17970 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17971 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17972 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17974 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17975 using the following commands:
17977 \\{master-mode-map}
17979 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17980 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17981 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17983 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17985 ;;;***
17987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (22150 28228 262072
17988 ;;;;;; 702000))
17989 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17991 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17992 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17993 See the `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' command
17994 for a description of this minor mode.
17995 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17996 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17997 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17999 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
18001 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
18002 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
18003 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
18004 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18005 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18007 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
18008 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
18009 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
18010 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
18012 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18014 ;;;***
18016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (22150 28228 262072 702000))
18017 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
18018 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
18020 ;;;***
18022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (22201 55498 114885
18023 ;;;;;; 567000))
18024 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
18026 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
18028 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
18029 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
18030 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
18031 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
18032 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
18033 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
18034 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
18035 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
18036 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
18037 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
18038 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
18039 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
18040 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
18041 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
18042 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
18043 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
18044 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
18045 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
18046 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
18047 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
18048 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
18049 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
18050 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
18051 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
18052 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
18053 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
18054 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
18055 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
18056 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
18057 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
18058 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
18059 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
18060 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
18061 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
18062 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
18063 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
18064 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
18065 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
18067 \(fn)" t nil)
18069 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
18070 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
18071 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
18072 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
18073 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
18075 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
18077 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
18078 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18080 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18082 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
18083 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
18085 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
18087 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
18088 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
18090 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
18092 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
18093 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
18094 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
18096 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
18098 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
18099 Cancel an article you posted.
18100 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
18102 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18104 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
18105 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
18106 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
18107 header line with the old Message-ID.
18109 \(fn)" t nil)
18111 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
18112 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
18114 \(fn)" t nil)
18116 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
18117 Forward the current message via mail.
18118 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
18119 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
18121 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
18123 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
18126 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
18128 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
18131 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
18133 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
18134 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
18136 \(fn)" t nil)
18138 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
18139 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
18141 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
18143 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
18144 Re-mail the current message.
18145 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
18146 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
18147 you.
18149 \(fn)" t nil)
18151 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
18152 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
18154 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18156 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
18157 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
18159 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18161 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
18162 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18164 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18166 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
18167 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18169 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18171 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
18172 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
18173 Works by overstriking characters.
18174 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18175 which specify the range to operate on.
18177 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18179 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
18180 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
18181 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18182 which specify the range to operate on.
18184 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18186 ;;;***
18188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (22150
18189 ;;;;;; 28228 870072 702000))
18190 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18191 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
18193 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
18194 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18196 \(fn)" t nil)
18198 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
18199 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18201 \(fn)" t nil)
18203 ;;;***
18205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (22150 28228
18206 ;;;;;; 234072 702000))
18207 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18209 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
18210 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18211 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18213 \(fn)" t nil)
18215 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
18216 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18217 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18218 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18219 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18220 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18221 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18223 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18225 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
18226 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18227 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18228 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18229 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18230 means current).
18231 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18232 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18234 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18236 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18237 Process current region through `metamail'.
18238 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18239 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18240 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18241 means current).
18242 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18243 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18245 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18247 ;;;***
18249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (22150 28228 294072
18250 ;;;;;; 702000))
18251 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18253 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18254 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18255 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18257 \(fn)" t nil)
18259 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18260 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18261 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18263 \(fn)" t nil)
18265 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18266 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18268 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18269 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18270 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18272 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18273 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18275 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18276 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18278 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18280 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18282 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18283 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18284 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18285 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18286 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18287 as `compose-mail'.
18289 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18290 initial Subject field, respectively.
18292 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18293 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18294 are strings.
18296 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18297 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18299 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18301 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18302 Save draft and send message.
18304 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18305 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18306 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18307 Mail Delivery*\".
18309 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18310 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18311 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18313 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18314 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18315 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18316 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18317 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18318 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18320 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18321 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18323 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18324 message and scan line.
18326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18328 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18329 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18331 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18332 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18333 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18334 delete the draft message.
18336 \(fn)" t nil)
18338 ;;;***
18340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (22150 28228 298072 702000))
18341 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18342 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
18344 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18346 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18348 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18350 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18351 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18353 \(fn)" t nil)
18355 ;;;***
18357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (22150 28228
18358 ;;;;;; 302072 702000))
18359 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18361 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18362 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18363 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18365 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18366 the MH mail system.
18368 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18370 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18371 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18372 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18374 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18375 the MH mail system.
18377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18379 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18380 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18382 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18383 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18384 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18385 separate command.
18387 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18388 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18389 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18390 format.
18392 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18394 Ranges
18395 ======
18396 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18397 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18398 can be used in several ways.
18400 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18401 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18402 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18403 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18404 page):
18406 <num1>-<num2>
18407 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18408 The range must be nonempty.
18410 <num>:N
18411 <num>:+N
18412 <num>:-N
18413 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18414 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18415 last.
18417 first:N
18418 prev:N
18419 next:N
18420 last:N
18421 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18424 All of the messages.
18426 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18427 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18429 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18430 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18431 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18433 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18435 \(fn)" t nil)
18437 ;;;***
18439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (22265 4790 36806
18440 ;;;;;; 924000))
18441 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18443 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
18444 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
18445 See the `midnight-mode' command
18446 for a description of this minor mode.
18447 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18448 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18449 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
18451 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
18453 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
18454 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
18456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18458 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18459 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18460 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18461 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18462 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18463 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18464 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18465 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18466 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18467 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18468 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18470 \(fn)" t nil)
18472 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18473 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18474 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18475 to its second argument TM.
18477 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18479 ;;;***
18481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (22150 28228
18482 ;;;;;; 322072 702000))
18483 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18485 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18486 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18487 See the `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' command
18488 for a description of this minor mode.
18489 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18490 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18491 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18493 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18495 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18496 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18497 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18498 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18499 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18501 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18502 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18503 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18504 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18505 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18506 is modified to remove the default indication.
18508 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18510 ;;;***
18512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (22150 28228 326072 702000))
18513 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18515 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18516 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18517 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18518 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18519 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18520 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18521 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18522 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18523 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18525 \(fn)" t nil)
18527 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18528 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18529 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18530 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18531 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18532 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18533 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18534 The return value is always nil.
18536 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18538 ;;;***
18540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (22150 28228 326072
18541 ;;;;;; 702000))
18542 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18543 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18545 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18546 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18548 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18549 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18550 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18551 next occurrence.
18553 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18554 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18555 end of the search space).
18557 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18558 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18559 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18560 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18561 should return the previous buffer to search.
18563 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18564 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18565 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18567 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18568 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18569 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18570 Isearch starts.")
18572 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18573 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18574 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18576 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
18577 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
18578 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
18580 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
18581 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
18583 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18584 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18585 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18587 \(fn)" nil nil)
18589 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18590 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18591 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18592 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18593 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18594 whose names match the specified regexp.
18596 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18598 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18599 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18600 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18601 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18602 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18603 whose names match the specified regexp.
18605 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18607 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18608 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18609 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18610 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18611 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18612 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18613 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18615 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18617 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18618 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18619 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18620 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18621 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18622 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18623 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18625 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18627 ;;;***
18629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (22150
18630 ;;;;;; 28228 874072 702000))
18631 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18632 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18634 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18635 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18637 \(fn)" t nil)
18639 ;;;***
18641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (22150 28227
18642 ;;;;;; 978072 702000))
18643 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18645 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18646 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18648 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18650 ;;;***
18652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (22150 28227
18653 ;;;;;; 978072 702000))
18654 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18656 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18657 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18659 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18661 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18662 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18663 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18664 the entire message.
18665 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18667 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18669 ;;;***
18671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (22150 28227
18672 ;;;;;; 978072 702000))
18673 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18675 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18676 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18677 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18678 the entire message.
18679 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18681 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18683 ;;;***
18685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (22150 28227 978072
18686 ;;;;;; 702000))
18687 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18689 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18690 Insert file contents of URL.
18691 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18693 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18695 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18696 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18698 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18700 ;;;***
18702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (22150 28227 982072
18703 ;;;;;; 702000))
18704 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18706 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18707 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18708 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18709 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18710 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18712 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18714 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18715 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18716 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18718 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18720 ;;;***
18722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (22150 28227 986072 702000))
18723 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18725 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18726 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18728 \(fn)" nil nil)
18730 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18731 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18732 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18733 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18734 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18736 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18737 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18738 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18739 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18740 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18741 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18743 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18745 ;;;***
18747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (22250 23504 507503
18748 ;;;;;; 448000))
18749 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18751 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18754 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18756 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18759 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18761 ;;;***
18763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (22250 23504 507503
18764 ;;;;;; 448000))
18765 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18767 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18770 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18772 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18775 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18777 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18780 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18782 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18785 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18787 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18790 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18792 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18795 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18797 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18800 \(fn)" nil nil)
18802 ;;;***
18804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (22276 61491
18805 ;;;;;; 202868 4000))
18806 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18808 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18810 ;;;***
18812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (22086 11930
18813 ;;;;;; 214062 731000))
18814 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18816 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18818 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18819 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18820 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18821 followed by the first character of the construct.
18822 \\<m2-mode-map>
18823 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18824 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18825 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18826 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18827 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18828 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18829 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18830 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18831 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18832 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18833 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18834 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18835 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18836 \\[m2-link] link
18838 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18839 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18840 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18842 \(fn)" t nil)
18844 ;;;***
18846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (22150 28228 682072
18847 ;;;;;; 702000))
18848 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18850 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18851 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18853 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18855 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18856 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18858 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18860 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18861 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18863 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18865 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18866 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18868 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18870 ;;;***
18872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (22150 28228 326072
18873 ;;;;;; 702000))
18874 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18876 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18877 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18879 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18880 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18881 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18883 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18884 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18885 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18887 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18888 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18890 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18891 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18892 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18893 hemisphere you're in.)
18895 To test this function, evaluate:
18896 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-throw)
18898 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18900 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18901 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18903 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18904 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18906 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18907 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18908 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18910 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18911 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18913 To test this function, evaluate:
18914 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-drag)
18916 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18918 ;;;***
18920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (22150 28228 326072 702000))
18921 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18923 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18924 Main entry point for MPC.
18926 \(fn)" t nil)
18928 ;;;***
18930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (22150 28228 682072 702000))
18931 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18933 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18934 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18936 \(fn)" t nil)
18938 ;;;***
18940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (22150 28228 338072 702000))
18941 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18943 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18944 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18945 See the `msb-mode' command
18946 for a description of this minor mode.
18947 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18948 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18949 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18951 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18953 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18954 Toggle Msb mode.
18955 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18956 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18957 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18959 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18960 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18962 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18964 ;;;***
18966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (22150
18967 ;;;;;; 28228 114072 702000))
18968 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18970 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18971 Display a list of all character sets.
18973 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18974 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18975 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18976 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18977 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18979 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18980 but still shows the full information.
18982 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18984 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18985 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18986 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18988 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18989 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18990 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18991 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18992 meanings of these arguments.
18994 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18996 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18997 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18999 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
19001 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
19002 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
19004 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
19006 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
19007 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
19009 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
19011 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
19012 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
19014 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
19015 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
19016 in place of `..':
19017 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
19018 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
19019 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
19020 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
19021 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
19022 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
19023 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
19024 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
19025 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
19026 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
19027 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
19028 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
19029 `default-process-coding-system' for read
19030 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
19031 `default-process-coding-system' for write
19032 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
19034 \(fn)" t nil)
19036 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
19037 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
19039 \(fn)" t nil)
19041 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
19042 Display a list of all coding systems.
19043 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
19045 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
19046 but still contains full information about each coding system.
19048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19050 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
19051 Display a list of all coding categories.
19053 \(fn)" nil nil)
19055 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
19056 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
19057 The font must be already used by Emacs.
19059 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
19061 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
19062 Display information about FONTSET.
19063 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
19065 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
19067 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
19068 Display a list of all fontsets.
19069 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
19070 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
19071 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
19073 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19075 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
19076 Display information about all input methods.
19078 \(fn)" t nil)
19080 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
19081 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
19083 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
19084 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
19085 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
19086 system which uses fontsets).
19088 \(fn)" t nil)
19090 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
19091 Show log of font listing and opening.
19092 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
19093 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
19095 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
19097 ;;;***
19099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (22165
19100 ;;;;;; 44248 411854 955000))
19101 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
19103 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
19104 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
19106 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
19107 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
19109 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
19110 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
19112 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
19114 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
19115 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
19116 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
19117 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
19118 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
19119 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
19120 buffer; see also `char-width'.
19122 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
19123 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
19124 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
19125 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
19126 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
19127 middle of a character in STR.
19129 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
19130 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
19132 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
19133 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
19134 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
19135 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
19136 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
19138 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
19140 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
19141 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
19143 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
19144 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
19145 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
19147 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
19148 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
19149 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
19151 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19152 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
19153 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
19154 are considered.
19155 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
19156 longer than KEYSEQ.
19157 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
19159 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
19161 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19162 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
19163 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
19164 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
19165 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
19166 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
19167 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
19168 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
19169 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
19170 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
19171 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
19173 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
19175 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
19176 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
19178 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19180 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
19181 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
19183 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19185 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
19186 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
19188 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19190 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
19191 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
19193 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19195 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
19196 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
19197 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
19198 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
19199 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
19201 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
19202 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
19204 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
19205 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
19206 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
19207 coding systems ordered by priority.
19209 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
19211 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
19213 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
19214 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
19215 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
19216 language environment LANG-ENV.
19218 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
19220 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
19221 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
19222 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
19223 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
19224 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
19225 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
19227 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
19229 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
19230 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
19231 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
19232 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19233 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19234 QUALITY can be:
19235 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19236 excessive work.
19237 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19238 part of the file/buffer.
19239 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19241 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19243 (autoload 'bufferpos-to-filepos "mule-util" "\
19244 Try to return the file byte corresponding to a particular buffer POSITION.
19245 Value is the file position given as a (0-based) byte count.
19246 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19247 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19248 QUALITY can be:
19249 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19250 excessive work.
19251 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19252 part of the file/buffer.
19253 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19255 \(fn POSITION &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19257 ;;;***
19259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (22150 28228
19260 ;;;;;; 378072 702000))
19261 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
19263 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
19264 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
19266 \(fn)" t nil)
19268 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
19269 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
19271 \(fn)" t nil)
19273 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
19274 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
19276 \(fn)" t nil)
19278 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19279 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
19281 \(fn)" t nil)
19283 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19284 Run route and display diagnostic output.
19286 \(fn)" t nil)
19288 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19289 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19291 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19293 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19294 Ping HOST.
19295 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19296 `ping-program-options'.
19298 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19300 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19301 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19303 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19305 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19306 Run nslookup program.
19308 \(fn)" t nil)
19310 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19311 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19313 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19315 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19316 Run dig program.
19318 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19320 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19321 Run ftp program.
19323 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19325 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19326 Finger USER on HOST.
19328 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19330 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19331 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19332 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19333 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19335 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19337 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19340 \(fn)" t nil)
19342 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19343 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19345 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19347 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19348 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19350 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19352 ;;;***
19354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (22150 28228 378072
19355 ;;;;;; 702000))
19356 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19358 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19359 Return a user name/password pair.
19360 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19361 listed in the PORTS list.
19363 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19365 ;;;***
19367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (22150
19368 ;;;;;; 28228 378072 702000))
19369 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19371 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19372 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19373 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19374 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19375 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19376 closes it.
19378 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19379 make it unique.
19380 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19381 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19382 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19383 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19384 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19385 a port number to connect to.
19387 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19388 values:
19390 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19391 nil or `network'
19392 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19393 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19394 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19395 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19396 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19397 an unencrypted connection.
19398 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19399 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19400 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19401 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19402 returned object is a killed process.
19403 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19404 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19405 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19407 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19408 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19409 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19410 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19411 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19412 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19413 or nil if none could be found.
19414 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19415 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19417 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19419 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19420 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19421 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19423 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19424 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19425 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19427 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19428 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19429 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19431 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19432 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19433 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19434 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19436 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19437 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19439 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19440 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19441 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
19442 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19443 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19444 or STARTTLS connections.
19446 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19447 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19449 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
19450 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
19452 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19453 a greeting from the server.
19455 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19456 asynchronously, if possible.
19458 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19460 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19462 ;;;***
19464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (22150
19465 ;;;;;; 28228 378072 702000))
19466 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19468 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19469 Check whether newsticker is running.
19470 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19471 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19473 \(fn)" nil nil)
19475 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19476 Start the newsticker.
19477 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19478 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19479 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19480 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19482 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19484 ;;;***
19486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19487 ;;;;;; (22150 28228 382072 702000))
19488 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19490 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19491 Start newsticker plainview.
19493 \(fn)" t nil)
19495 ;;;***
19497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (22165
19498 ;;;;;; 41682 87102 999000))
19499 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19501 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19502 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19504 \(fn)" t nil)
19506 ;;;***
19508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (22150
19509 ;;;;;; 28228 382072 702000))
19510 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19512 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19513 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19514 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19515 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19516 empty.
19518 \(fn)" nil nil)
19520 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19521 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19522 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19523 running already.
19525 \(fn)" t nil)
19527 ;;;***
19529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (22196
19530 ;;;;;; 37575 156683 383000))
19531 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19533 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19534 Start newsticker treeview.
19536 \(fn)" t nil)
19538 ;;;***
19540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (22150 28227 990072
19541 ;;;;;; 702000))
19542 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19544 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19545 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19547 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19549 ;;;***
19551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (22150 28227 990072
19552 ;;;;;; 702000))
19553 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19555 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19556 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19557 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19558 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19559 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19560 symbol in the alist.
19562 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19564 ;;;***
19566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (22150 28227
19567 ;;;;;; 994072 702000))
19568 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19570 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19571 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19572 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19574 \(fn)" t nil)
19576 ;;;***
19578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (22150 28228 2072 702000))
19579 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19581 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19582 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19584 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19586 ;;;***
19588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (22150 28228 446072 702000))
19589 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19591 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19593 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19594 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19595 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19597 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19600 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19602 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19603 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19604 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19605 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19606 to future sessions.
19608 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19610 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19611 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19612 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19613 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19614 future sessions.
19616 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19618 ;;;***
19620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (22150
19621 ;;;;;; 28229 102072 702000))
19622 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19624 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19625 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19626 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19627 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19628 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19629 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19631 \(fn)" t nil)
19633 ;;;***
19635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (22150 28228 386072 702000))
19636 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19637 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 2 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19639 ;;;***
19641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (22150 28228
19642 ;;;;;; 450072 702000))
19643 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19645 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19646 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19647 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19648 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19650 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19652 ;;;***
19654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (22150 28228
19655 ;;;;;; 450072 702000))
19656 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19658 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19659 Major mode for editing XML.
19661 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19662 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19663 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19664 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19665 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19666 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19667 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19669 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19671 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19672 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19674 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19675 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19676 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19677 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19678 instead of C-c.
19680 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19681 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19682 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19683 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19684 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19685 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19687 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19688 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19689 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19691 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19692 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19693 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19695 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19696 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19697 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19698 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19699 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19700 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19701 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19702 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19703 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19705 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19707 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19708 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19710 \(fn)" t nil)
19711 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19713 ;;;***
19715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (22150 28228
19716 ;;;;;; 454072 702000))
19717 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19719 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19720 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19721 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19722 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19724 \(fn)" t nil)
19726 ;;;***
19728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (22197 58438
19729 ;;;;;; 503460 447000))
19730 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19732 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19733 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19735 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19736 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19737 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19738 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19740 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19742 Key bindings:
19743 \\{octave-mode-map}
19745 \(fn)" t nil)
19747 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19748 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19749 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19751 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19753 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19754 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19756 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19757 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19758 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19762 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19764 ;;;***
19766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (22156 23699
19767 ;;;;;; 542755 538000))
19768 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19770 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19772 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19773 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19774 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19775 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19776 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19778 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19780 Customization:
19782 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19783 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19784 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19785 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19786 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19787 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19788 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19789 Directories to search when finding external units.
19790 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19791 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19793 Coloring:
19795 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19796 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19798 \(fn)" t nil)
19800 ;;;***
19802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (22361 20534 430284 816000))
19803 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19805 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19806 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19808 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19810 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19811 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19812 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19813 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19814 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19815 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19817 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19819 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19820 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19821 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19822 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19823 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19825 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19827 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19828 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19830 \(fn)" nil nil)
19832 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19833 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19835 \(fn)" nil nil)
19837 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19838 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19839 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19841 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19842 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19843 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19844 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19845 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19846 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19847 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19848 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19849 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19850 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19852 The following commands are available:
19854 \\{org-mode-map}
19856 \(fn)" t nil)
19858 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19859 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19861 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19862 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19863 in special contexts.
19865 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19866 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19867 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19868 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19869 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19870 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19871 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19872 properties in the buffer.
19873 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19874 including any drawers.
19876 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19878 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19879 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19880 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19881 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19882 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19883 and zoom in further.
19884 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19885 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19887 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19888 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19889 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19890 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19891 times right after creating a new headline.
19893 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19894 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19895 is negative, go up that many levels.
19897 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19898 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19899 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19901 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19902 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19903 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19904 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19906 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19908 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19909 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19910 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19911 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19913 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19914 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19916 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19917 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19918 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19919 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19920 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19921 defined by Org-mode).
19923 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19925 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19926 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19928 \(fn)" nil nil)
19930 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19931 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19933 \(fn)" nil nil)
19935 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19936 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19937 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19938 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19939 call CMD.
19941 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19943 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19944 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19945 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19946 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19948 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19949 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19950 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19952 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19953 part of Org's core.
19955 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19956 active region.
19958 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19960 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19961 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19962 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19964 \(fn)" t nil)
19966 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19967 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19968 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19969 Org-mode syntax.
19971 \(fn)" t nil)
19973 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19974 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19976 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19978 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19979 Switch between Org buffers.
19980 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19981 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19983 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19984 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19986 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19988 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19990 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19992 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19993 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19994 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19995 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19997 \(fn)" t nil)
19999 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
20000 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
20002 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
20004 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
20005 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
20006 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
20008 \(fn)" t nil)
20010 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
20011 Reload all org lisp files.
20012 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
20014 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
20016 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
20017 Call the customize function with org as argument.
20019 \(fn)" t nil)
20021 ;;;***
20023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (22150 28228
20024 ;;;;;; 558072 702000))
20025 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
20027 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20028 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
20030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20032 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20033 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
20034 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
20035 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
20037 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
20038 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
20039 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
20040 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
20041 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
20042 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
20043 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
20044 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
20045 e Export views to associated files.
20046 s Search entries for keywords.
20047 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
20048 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
20049 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20050 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
20051 Press several times to get the desired effect.
20052 > Remove a previous restriction.
20053 # List \"stuck\" projects.
20054 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
20055 C Configure custom agenda commands.
20057 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
20058 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
20059 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
20061 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
20062 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
20063 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
20064 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
20065 \(if active).
20067 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
20069 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20070 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20071 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20072 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20073 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20074 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20075 before running the agenda command.
20077 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20079 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
20080 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20081 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20082 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20083 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20084 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20085 before running the agenda command.
20087 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
20088 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
20090 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
20092 category The category of the item
20093 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
20094 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
20095 todo selected in TODO match
20096 tagsmatch selected in tags match
20097 diary imported from diary
20098 deadline a deadline on given date
20099 scheduled scheduled on given date
20100 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
20101 closed entry was closed on given date
20102 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
20103 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
20104 block entry has date block including g. date
20105 todo The todo keyword, if any
20106 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
20107 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
20108 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
20109 extra Sting with extra planning info
20110 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
20111 priority-n The computed numerical priority
20112 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
20114 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20116 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20117 Store agenda views.
20119 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
20121 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20122 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
20124 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20126 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
20127 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
20128 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
20129 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
20131 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
20132 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
20133 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
20135 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
20136 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
20138 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
20139 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
20141 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
20143 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
20144 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
20146 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
20147 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
20148 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
20149 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
20150 EDIT-AT.
20152 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
20153 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
20154 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
20155 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
20156 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
20157 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
20159 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
20160 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
20161 including newlines.
20163 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
20164 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
20165 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
20166 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
20167 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
20168 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
20169 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
20171 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
20172 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
20173 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
20174 as a whole, to include whitespace.
20176 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
20177 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
20178 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
20179 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
20180 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
20181 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
20182 Boolean search must match as full words.
20184 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
20185 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20187 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20189 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20190 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20191 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20192 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20193 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20194 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20198 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20199 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20200 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20202 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20204 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20205 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20206 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20207 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20208 `org-stuck-projects'.
20210 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20212 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20213 Return diary information from org files.
20214 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20215 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20216 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20217 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20218 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20220 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20222 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20224 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20225 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20227 &%%(org-diary)
20229 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
20230 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
20231 So the example above may also be written as
20233 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20235 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20236 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20237 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20239 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20241 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20242 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20244 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20246 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
20247 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
20248 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if TYPE is the
20249 universal prefix `(4)', or if the cursor is before the first headline
20250 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
20252 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
20254 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20255 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20256 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20258 \(fn)" t nil)
20260 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20261 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20262 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20263 appointments.
20265 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20266 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20268 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20269 for filtering entries out.
20271 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20272 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20273 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20275 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20276 either `headline' or `category'. For example:
20278 ((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20279 (category \"Work\"))
20281 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20282 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20284 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20285 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
20286 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
20287 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20288 details and examples.
20290 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20291 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20293 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20295 ;;;***
20297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (22150 28228
20298 ;;;;;; 558072 702000))
20299 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20301 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20302 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
20304 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20306 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20307 Capture something.
20308 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20309 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20310 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20311 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20312 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20313 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20315 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20316 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20317 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20318 stored.
20320 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20322 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20323 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20324 will be bypassed.
20326 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20327 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
20328 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
20329 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
20331 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20333 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20334 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20336 \(fn)" t nil)
20338 ;;;***
20340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (22150 28228
20341 ;;;;;; 582072 702000))
20342 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20344 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
20345 Remove all currently active column overlays.
20347 \(fn)" t nil)
20349 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
20352 \(fn)" nil nil)
20354 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20355 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20356 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20358 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20360 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20361 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20363 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20365 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20366 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20368 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20370 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20371 Write the column view table.
20372 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20374 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20375 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20376 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20377 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20378 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20379 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20380 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20381 using `org-id-find'.
20382 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20383 a hline before each level <= that number.
20384 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20385 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20386 :skip-empty-rows
20387 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20388 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20390 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20392 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20393 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20395 \(fn)" t nil)
20397 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20398 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20400 \(fn)" t nil)
20402 ;;;***
20404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (22192 2874
20405 ;;;;;; 471382 391000))
20406 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20408 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20409 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20411 \(fn)" nil t)
20413 ;;;***
20415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (22150 28228 602072
20416 ;;;;;; 702000))
20417 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20419 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20420 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20422 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20424 ;;;***
20426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (22086 11930
20427 ;;;;;; 98062 731000))
20428 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20430 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20431 The release version of org-mode.
20432 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20434 \(fn)" nil nil)
20436 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20437 The Git version of org-mode.
20438 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20440 \(fn)" nil nil)
20442 ;;;***
20444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (22150 28228 666072
20445 ;;;;;; 702000))
20446 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20447 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20448 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20450 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20451 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20452 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20453 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20455 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20456 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20457 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20458 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20460 \\{outline-mode-map}
20461 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
20462 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
20463 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
20464 are used when point is on a heading line.
20466 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20467 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20468 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20470 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20471 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20473 \(fn)" t nil)
20475 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20476 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20477 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20478 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20479 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20481 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20483 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20484 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20486 ;;;***
20488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (22338 59064
20489 ;;;;;; 814791 248000))
20490 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20491 (push (purecopy '(package 1 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20493 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20494 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20495 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20496 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20497 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20499 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20500 activate the package system at any time.")
20502 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20504 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20505 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20506 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20507 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20508 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
20509 it to the file.
20510 If called as part of loading `user-init-file', set
20511 `package-enable-at-startup' to nil, to prevent accidentally
20512 loading packages twice.
20513 It is not necessary to adjust `load-path' or `require' the
20514 individual packages after calling `package-initialize' -- this is
20515 taken care of by `package-initialize'.
20517 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20519 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20520 Import keys from FILE.
20522 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20524 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20525 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
20526 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
20527 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
20528 and make them available for download.
20529 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
20530 downloads in the background.
20532 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
20534 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20535 Install the package PKG.
20536 PKG can be a package-desc or a symbol naming one of the available packages
20537 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20539 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
20540 `package-selected-packages'.
20542 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
20543 to install it but still mark it as selected.
20545 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
20547 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20548 Install a package from the current buffer.
20549 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
20550 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
20551 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
20553 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
20554 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
20555 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
20557 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20559 \(fn)" t nil)
20561 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20562 Install a package from a file.
20563 The file can either be a tar file, an Emacs Lisp file, or a
20564 directory.
20566 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20568 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
20569 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
20570 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
20572 \(fn)" t nil)
20574 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
20575 Reinstall package PKG.
20576 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
20577 object.
20579 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20581 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
20582 Remove packages that are no more needed.
20584 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
20585 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
20586 will be deleted.
20588 \(fn)" t nil)
20590 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20591 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20593 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20595 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20596 Display a list of packages.
20597 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20598 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20599 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20601 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20603 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20605 ;;;***
20607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (22150 28228 666072 702000))
20608 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20610 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20611 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20612 See the `show-paren-mode' command
20613 for a description of this minor mode.
20614 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20615 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20616 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20618 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20620 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20621 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20622 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20623 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20624 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20626 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20627 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20628 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20630 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20632 ;;;***
20634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (22226
20635 ;;;;;; 58701 641313 948000))
20636 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20637 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20639 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20640 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20641 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20642 unknown are returned as nil.
20644 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20646 ;;;***
20648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (22197 58438
20649 ;;;;;; 503460 447000))
20650 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20652 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20653 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20654 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20656 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20657 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20659 Other useful functions are:
20661 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20662 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20663 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20664 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20665 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20666 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20667 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20668 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20669 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20671 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20673 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20674 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20675 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20676 Indentation for case statements.
20677 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20678 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20679 mark after an end.
20680 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20681 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20682 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20683 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20684 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20685 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20686 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20687 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20688 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20689 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20691 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20692 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20694 \(fn)" t nil)
20696 ;;;***
20698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (22150
20699 ;;;;;; 28228 666072 702000))
20700 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20702 (defvar password-cache t "\
20703 Whether to cache passwords.")
20705 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20707 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20708 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20709 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20711 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20713 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20714 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20716 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20718 ;;;***
20720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (22195 16710
20721 ;;;;;; 371344 967000))
20722 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20724 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20725 Evaluate EXP and attempt to match it against structural patterns.
20726 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
20728 A structural PATTERN describes a template that identifies a class
20729 of values. For example, the pattern \\=`(,foo ,bar) matches any
20730 two element list, binding its elements to symbols named `foo' and
20731 `bar' -- in much the same way that `cl-destructuring-bind' would.
20733 A significant difference from `cl-destructuring-bind' is that, if
20734 a pattern match fails, the next case is tried until either a
20735 successful match is found or there are no more cases.
20737 Another difference is that pattern elements may be quoted,
20738 meaning they must match exactly: The pattern \\='(foo bar)
20739 matches only against two element lists containing the symbols
20740 `foo' and `bar' in that order. (As a short-hand, atoms always
20741 match themselves, such as numbers or strings, and need not be
20742 quoted.)
20744 Lastly, a pattern can be logical, such as (pred numberp), that
20745 matches any number-like element; or the symbol `_', that matches
20746 anything. Also, when patterns are backquoted, a comma may be
20747 used to introduce logical patterns inside backquoted patterns.
20749 The complete list of standard patterns is as follows:
20751 _ matches anything.
20752 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20753 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern
20754 the second occurrence becomes an `eq'uality test.
20755 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20756 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20757 \\='VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL.
20758 ATOM is a shorthand for \\='ATOM.
20759 ATOM can be a keyword, an integer, or a string.
20760 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20761 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20762 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
20763 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
20765 Additional patterns can be defined using `pcase-defmacro'.
20767 The FUN argument in the `app' pattern may have the following forms:
20768 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20769 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20770 which is the value being matched.
20771 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to (FUN).
20772 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20774 See Info node `(elisp) Pattern matching case statement' in the
20775 Emacs Lisp manual for more information and examples.
20777 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20779 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20781 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20782 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20784 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20786 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20788 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
20789 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
20790 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
20791 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
20792 variable name being but a special case of it).
20794 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
20796 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
20798 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
20800 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20801 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20802 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20803 of the form (PAT EXP).
20805 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20807 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20809 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20810 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20811 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20812 of the form (PAT EXP).
20813 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
20814 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
20815 any kind of error.
20817 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20819 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20821 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
20824 \(fn SPEC &rest BODY)" nil t)
20826 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20828 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20829 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
20830 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
20831 to this macro.
20833 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20835 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20837 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20839 ;;;***
20841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (22150 28228 666072
20842 ;;;;;; 702000))
20843 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20845 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20846 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20848 \(fn)" nil nil)
20850 ;;;***
20852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (22150 28228 666072
20853 ;;;;;; 702000))
20854 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20856 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20857 Completion for `gzip'.
20859 \(fn)" nil nil)
20861 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20862 Completion for `bzip2'.
20864 \(fn)" nil nil)
20866 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20867 Completion for GNU `make'.
20869 \(fn)" nil nil)
20871 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20872 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20874 \(fn)" nil nil)
20876 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20878 ;;;***
20880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (22150 28228
20881 ;;;;;; 670072 702000))
20882 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20884 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20885 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20887 \(fn)" nil nil)
20889 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20890 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20892 \(fn)" nil nil)
20894 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20895 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20897 \(fn)" nil nil)
20899 ;;;***
20901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (22150 28228 670072
20902 ;;;;;; 702000))
20903 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20905 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20906 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20908 \(fn)" nil nil)
20910 ;;;***
20912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (22150 28228 670072
20913 ;;;;;; 702000))
20914 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20916 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20917 Completion for `cd'.
20919 \(fn)" nil nil)
20921 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20923 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20924 Completion for `rmdir'.
20926 \(fn)" nil nil)
20928 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20929 Completion for `rm'.
20931 \(fn)" nil nil)
20933 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20934 Completion for `xargs'.
20936 \(fn)" nil nil)
20938 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20940 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20941 Completion for `which'.
20943 \(fn)" nil nil)
20945 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20946 Completion for the `chown' command.
20948 \(fn)" nil nil)
20950 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20951 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20953 \(fn)" nil nil)
20955 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20956 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20958 \(fn)" nil nil)
20960 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20961 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20962 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20964 \(fn)" nil nil)
20966 ;;;***
20968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (22150 28228 670072
20969 ;;;;;; 702000))
20970 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20972 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20973 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20975 \(fn)" nil nil)
20977 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20978 Completion for the `ack' command.
20979 Start an argument with `-' to complete short options and `--' for
20980 long options.
20982 \(fn)" nil nil)
20984 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20986 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20987 Completion for the `ag' command.
20989 \(fn)" nil nil)
20991 ;;;***
20993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (22150 28228 674072
20994 ;;;;;; 702000))
20995 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20997 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20998 Support extensible programmable completion.
20999 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
21000 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
21002 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
21004 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
21005 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
21007 \(fn)" t nil)
21009 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
21010 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21011 This will modify the current buffer.
21013 \(fn)" t nil)
21015 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
21016 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
21018 \(fn)" t nil)
21020 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
21021 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21022 This will modify the current buffer.
21024 \(fn)" t nil)
21026 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
21027 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
21029 \(fn)" t nil)
21031 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
21032 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
21034 \(fn)" t nil)
21036 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
21037 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
21038 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
21039 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
21040 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
21042 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
21044 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
21045 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
21047 \(fn)" nil nil)
21049 ;;;***
21051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (22182 4679 527463 499000))
21052 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
21054 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
21055 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
21056 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
21057 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21059 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
21061 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
21063 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
21064 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
21065 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21066 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21067 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21068 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21069 FLAGS is ignored.
21071 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
21073 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
21074 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
21075 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
21076 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21077 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21078 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21079 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21080 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21082 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21084 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
21085 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21086 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21087 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21088 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21089 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21090 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
21091 passed to cvs.
21093 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21095 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21096 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21097 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21098 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21099 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21100 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21101 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21103 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21105 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21106 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21107 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21109 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21111 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21112 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21113 A value of nil means never do it.
21114 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21115 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21116 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21118 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21120 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21121 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21122 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21124 ;;;***
21126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (22150 28229
21127 ;;;;;; 278072 702000))
21128 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
21130 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
21131 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
21133 ;;;***
21135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (22197
21136 ;;;;;; 58438 503460 447000))
21137 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21138 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21139 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21140 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21141 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21142 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21143 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21145 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21146 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21147 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21148 Tab indents for Perl code.
21149 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21150 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21151 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21152 \\{perl-mode-map}
21153 Variables controlling indentation style:
21154 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21155 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21156 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21157 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21158 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21159 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21160 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21161 `perl-nochange'
21162 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21163 `perl-indent-level'
21164 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21165 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21166 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21167 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21168 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21169 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21170 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21171 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21172 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21173 `perl-brace-offset'
21174 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21175 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21176 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21177 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21178 `perl-label-offset'
21179 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21180 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21181 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21183 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21184 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21185 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21186 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21187 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21188 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21189 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21191 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21193 \(fn)" t nil)
21195 ;;;***
21197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (22168 58180
21198 ;;;;;; 311008 971000))
21199 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21201 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21202 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21203 \\<picture-mode-map>
21204 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21205 afterwards settable by these commands:
21207 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21208 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21209 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21210 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21212 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21213 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21214 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21215 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21217 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21218 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21219 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21220 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21222 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21223 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21224 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21225 with these commands:
21227 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21228 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21229 Move to column following last
21230 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21231 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21232 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21233 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21234 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21235 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21237 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21239 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21240 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21241 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21242 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21243 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21244 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21246 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21247 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21248 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
21249 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21250 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21251 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21252 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21254 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21255 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21256 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21257 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21258 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21259 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21260 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21261 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21263 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21264 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21265 by supplying an argument.
21267 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21269 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21270 they are not by default assigned to keys.
21272 \(fn)" t nil)
21274 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21276 ;;;***
21278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pinentry" "net/pinentry.el" (22218 64587 997919
21279 ;;;;;; 743000))
21280 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pinentry.el
21281 (push (purecopy '(pinentry 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
21283 (autoload 'pinentry-start "pinentry" "\
21284 Start a Pinentry service.
21286 Once the environment is properly set, subsequent invocations of
21287 the gpg command will interact with Emacs for passphrase input.
21289 If the optional QUIET argument is non-nil, messages at startup
21290 will not be shown.
21292 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
21294 ;;;***
21296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (22150 28228 10072
21297 ;;;;;; 702000))
21298 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
21300 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
21301 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
21303 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21305 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
21306 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
21308 \(fn)" t nil)
21310 ;;;***
21312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (22150 28229 106072
21313 ;;;;;; 702000))
21314 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21316 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21317 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21318 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21320 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21322 ;;;***
21324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (22150 28228 682072 702000))
21325 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21327 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21328 Play pong and waste time.
21329 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21330 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21332 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21334 \\{pong-mode-map}
21336 \(fn)" t nil)
21338 ;;;***
21340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (22150 28228 14072 702000))
21341 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21343 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21344 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21345 Use streaming commands.
21347 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21349 ;;;***
21351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (22150 28227 454072
21352 ;;;;;; 702000))
21353 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21355 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21356 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21357 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21358 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21360 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21362 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21363 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21365 \(fn)" nil nil)
21367 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21368 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21369 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21370 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21371 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21373 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21375 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21376 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21377 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21379 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21381 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21382 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21384 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21386 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21387 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21388 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21389 Ignores leading comment characters.
21391 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21393 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21394 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21395 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21396 Ignores leading comment characters.
21398 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21400 ;;;***
21402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (22338 59064 978791
21403 ;;;;;; 248000))
21404 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21405 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
21407 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21408 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21410 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21412 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21414 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21416 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21417 Preview directory using ghostview.
21419 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21420 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21421 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21422 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21424 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21425 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21426 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21427 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21428 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21429 file name.
21431 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21433 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21435 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21436 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21438 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21439 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21440 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21441 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21443 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21444 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21445 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21446 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21447 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21448 file name.
21450 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21452 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21454 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21455 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21457 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21458 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21459 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21460 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21462 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21463 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21464 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21465 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21466 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21467 file name.
21469 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21471 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21473 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21474 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21476 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21478 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21479 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21480 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21481 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21483 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21484 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21485 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21486 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21487 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21488 file name.
21490 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21492 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21494 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21495 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21497 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21498 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21499 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21501 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21502 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21503 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21504 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21506 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21508 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21509 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21511 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21512 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21513 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21515 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21516 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21517 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21518 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21520 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21522 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21523 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21525 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21526 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21527 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21529 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21530 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21531 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21532 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21534 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21536 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21537 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21539 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21541 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21542 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21543 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21545 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21546 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21547 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21548 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21550 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21552 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21553 Preview region using ghostview.
21555 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21557 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21559 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21560 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21562 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21564 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21566 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21567 Print region using PostScript printer.
21569 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21571 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21573 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21574 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21576 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21578 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21580 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21581 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21583 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21585 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21587 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21588 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21590 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21592 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21594 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21595 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21597 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21599 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21601 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21602 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21604 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21606 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21608 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21609 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21610 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21611 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21613 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21614 matching.
21616 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21617 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21619 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21621 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21623 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21624 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21625 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21626 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21628 \(fn)" t nil)
21630 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21631 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21632 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21633 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21635 \(fn)" t nil)
21637 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21638 Print directory using text printer.
21640 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21641 matching.
21643 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21644 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21646 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21648 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21650 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21651 Print buffer using text printer.
21653 \(fn)" t nil)
21655 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21656 Print region using text printer.
21658 \(fn)" t nil)
21660 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21661 Print major mode using text printer.
21663 \(fn)" t nil)
21665 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21666 Preview spooled PostScript.
21668 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21669 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21670 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21672 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21673 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21674 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21676 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21678 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21679 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21681 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21682 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21683 instead of sending it to the printer.
21685 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21686 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21687 image in a file with that name.
21689 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21691 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21692 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21694 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21695 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21696 instead of sending it to the printer.
21698 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21699 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21700 image in a file with that name.
21702 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21704 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21705 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21707 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21708 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21709 instead of sending it to the printer.
21711 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21712 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21713 image in a file with that name.
21715 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21717 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21718 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21720 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21722 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21723 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21725 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21727 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21728 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21730 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21732 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21733 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21735 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21737 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21738 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21740 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21742 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21743 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21745 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21746 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21747 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21748 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21750 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21751 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21752 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21753 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21754 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21755 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21756 file name.
21758 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21760 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21761 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21763 \(fn)" t nil)
21765 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21766 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21768 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21769 right.
21770 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21771 bottom.
21773 \(fn)" t nil)
21775 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21776 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21778 \(fn)" t nil)
21780 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21781 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21783 \(fn)" t nil)
21785 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21786 Toggle printing with faces.
21788 \(fn)" t nil)
21790 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21791 Toggle spooling.
21793 \(fn)" t nil)
21795 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21796 Toggle duplex.
21798 \(fn)" t nil)
21800 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21801 Toggle tumble.
21803 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21804 right.
21805 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21806 bottom.
21808 \(fn)" t nil)
21810 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21811 Toggle landscape.
21813 \(fn)" t nil)
21815 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21816 Toggle upside-down.
21818 \(fn)" t nil)
21820 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21821 Toggle line number.
21823 \(fn)" t nil)
21825 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21826 Toggle zebra stripes.
21828 \(fn)" t nil)
21830 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21831 Toggle printing header.
21833 \(fn)" t nil)
21835 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21836 Toggle printing header frame.
21838 \(fn)" t nil)
21840 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21841 Toggle menu lock.
21843 \(fn)" t nil)
21845 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21846 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21848 \(fn)" t nil)
21850 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21851 Toggle auto mode.
21853 \(fn)" t nil)
21855 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21856 Customization of the `printing' group.
21858 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21860 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21861 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21863 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21865 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21866 Help for the printing package.
21868 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21870 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21871 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21873 \(fn)" t nil)
21875 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21876 Interactively select a text printer.
21878 \(fn)" t nil)
21880 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21881 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21883 \(fn)" t nil)
21885 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21886 Show current ps-print settings.
21888 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21890 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21891 Show current printing settings.
21893 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21895 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21896 Show current lpr settings.
21898 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21900 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21901 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21903 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21904 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21905 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21906 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21909 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21911 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21912 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21913 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21915 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21916 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21917 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21918 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21919 current active printer.
21921 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21922 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21923 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21924 printer.
21926 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21927 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21928 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21929 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21930 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21933 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21934 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21936 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21938 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21939 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21940 be done using the new current active printer.
21942 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21943 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21944 printer.
21946 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21947 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21948 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21949 instead of sending it to the printer.
21951 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21952 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21953 printer.
21955 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21958 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21959 are both set to t.
21961 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21963 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21964 Fast fire function for text printing.
21966 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21967 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21968 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21969 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21971 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21972 user for a new active text printer.
21974 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21976 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21978 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21979 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21980 printer.
21982 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21984 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21985 are both set to t.
21987 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21989 ;;;***
21991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (22150 28228 702072 702000))
21992 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21994 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21995 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21996 \\<proced-mode-map>
21997 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21998 the process information.
22000 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
22002 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
22003 Proced buffers.
22005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22007 ;;;***
22009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (22150 28228 702072
22010 ;;;;;; 702000))
22011 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
22013 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
22014 Start/restart profilers.
22015 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
22016 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
22017 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
22019 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
22021 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
22022 Open profile FILENAME.
22024 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22026 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
22027 Open profile FILENAME.
22029 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22031 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
22032 Open profile FILENAME.
22034 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22036 ;;;***
22038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "project" "progmodes/project.el" (22315 11204
22039 ;;;;;; 929560 191000))
22040 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/project.el
22042 (autoload 'project-current "project" "\
22043 Return the project instance in DIR or `default-directory'.
22044 When no project found in DIR, and MAYBE-PROMPT is non-nil, ask
22045 the user for a different directory to look in. If that directory
22046 is not a part of a detectable project either, return a
22047 `transient' project instance rooted in it.
22049 \(fn &optional MAYBE-PROMPT DIR)" nil nil)
22051 (autoload 'project-find-regexp "project" "\
22052 Find all matches for REGEXP in the current project's roots.
22053 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the directory
22054 to search in, and the file name pattern to search for.
22056 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22058 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-regexp "project" "\
22059 Find all matches for REGEXP in the project roots or external roots.
22060 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the file name
22061 pattern to search for.
22063 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22065 (autoload 'project-find-file "project" "\
22066 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots.
22067 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
22068 recognized.
22070 \(fn)" t nil)
22072 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-file "project" "\
22073 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots or external roots.
22074 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
22075 recognized.
22077 \(fn)" t nil)
22079 ;;;***
22081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (22283 34751
22082 ;;;;;; 181333 844000))
22083 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22085 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22086 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
22088 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
22089 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
22091 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
22093 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
22094 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
22096 Commands:
22097 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22099 \(fn)" t nil)
22101 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
22102 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
22103 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
22105 \(fn)" t nil)
22107 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
22108 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22109 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
22111 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22113 ;;;***
22115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (22150 28228 986072 702000))
22116 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22118 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22119 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22120 The default value is (\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22122 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22124 ;;;***
22126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (22197 58438
22127 ;;;;;; 507460 447000))
22128 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22129 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
22131 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22132 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22134 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22136 The following variables hold user options, and can
22137 be set through the `customize' command:
22139 `ps-mode-tab'
22140 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22141 `ps-mode-print-function'
22142 `ps-run-prompt'
22143 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22144 `ps-run-x'
22145 `ps-run-dumb'
22146 `ps-run-init'
22147 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22148 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
22150 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22153 \\{ps-mode-map}
22156 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22157 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22158 The keymap for this second window is:
22160 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22163 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22164 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22165 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22166 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22167 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22169 \(fn)" t nil)
22171 ;;;***
22173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (22220 19926 440329
22174 ;;;;;; 271000))
22175 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22176 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
22178 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
22179 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22180 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22182 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22184 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22185 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22186 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22187 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22189 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22191 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22192 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22194 Valid values are:
22196 nil Do not print colors.
22198 t Print colors.
22200 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22201 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22203 Any other value is treated as t.")
22205 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22207 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22208 Customization of ps-print group.
22210 \(fn)" t nil)
22212 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22213 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22215 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22216 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22217 sending it to the printer.
22219 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22220 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22221 image in a file with that name.
22223 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22225 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22226 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22227 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22228 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22229 so it has a way to determine color values.
22231 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22233 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22234 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22235 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22237 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22239 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22240 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22241 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22242 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22243 so it has a way to determine color values.
22245 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22247 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22248 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22249 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22250 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22252 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22254 \(fn)" t nil)
22256 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22257 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22258 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
22259 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
22260 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
22262 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22264 \(fn)" t nil)
22266 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22267 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22268 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22270 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22272 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22274 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22275 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22276 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22277 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22278 so it has a way to determine color values.
22280 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22282 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22284 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22285 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22287 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22288 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22289 instead of sending it to the printer.
22291 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22292 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22293 image in a file with that name.
22295 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22297 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22298 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22299 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22300 Try: pr -t file | awk \\='{printf \"%3d %s
22301 \", length($0), $0}\\=' | sort -r | head
22303 \(fn)" t nil)
22305 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22306 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22307 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22309 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22311 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22312 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22313 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22315 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22317 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22318 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22320 \(fn)" nil nil)
22322 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22323 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22325 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22326 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22328 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22329 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22331 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22333 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22335 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22337 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22338 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22340 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22341 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22343 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22344 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22346 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22348 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22350 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22352 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22353 foreground and background colors respectively.
22355 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22356 bold - use bold font.
22357 italic - use italic font.
22358 underline - put a line under text.
22359 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22360 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22361 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22362 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22363 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22365 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22367 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22369 ;;;***
22371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (22150 28227 222072
22372 ;;;;;; 702000))
22373 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
22374 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22376 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
22377 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
22378 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22380 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22382 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
22383 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
22384 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22386 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22388 ;;;***
22390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (22362 41400
22391 ;;;;;; 181356 343000))
22392 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22393 (push (purecopy '(python 0 25 1)) package--builtin-versions)
22395 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.pyw?\\'") 'python-mode))
22397 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
22399 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22400 Run an inferior Python process.
22402 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
22403 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
22404 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
22405 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
22406 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
22408 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
22409 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
22410 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
22411 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
22413 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
22414 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22415 process buffer for a list of commands.)
22417 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
22419 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22420 Major mode for editing Python files.
22422 \\{python-mode-map}
22424 \(fn)" t nil)
22426 ;;;***
22428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (22150 28228 14072 702000))
22429 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22431 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22432 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22433 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22434 coding-system.
22436 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22437 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22439 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22440 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22441 them into characters should be done separately.
22443 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22445 ;;;***
22447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (22174 10581
22448 ;;;;;; 673112 520000))
22449 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22451 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22452 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22454 \(fn)" nil nil)
22456 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22457 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22458 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22460 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22461 `quail-activate', which see.
22463 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22465 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22466 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22467 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22468 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22469 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22470 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22471 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22473 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22474 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22475 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22476 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22477 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22478 shown.
22479 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22481 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22482 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22483 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22484 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22485 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22486 list of candidates.
22488 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22489 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22490 command to be called.
22492 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22493 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22494 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22495 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22497 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22498 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22499 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22500 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22501 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22502 to t.
22504 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22505 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22506 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22507 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22509 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
22510 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22511 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22512 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22513 defines no translations for single character keys.
22515 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22516 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22517 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22518 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22519 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22520 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22522 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22523 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22524 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22525 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22526 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22527 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22529 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22530 covers Quail translation region.
22532 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22533 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22534 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22535 for it) is inserted.
22537 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22538 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22539 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22541 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22542 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22543 non-Quail commands.
22545 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22547 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22548 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22550 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22551 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22552 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22553 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22554 you type is correctly handled.
22556 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22558 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22559 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22561 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22562 keyboard type.
22564 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22566 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22567 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22568 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22569 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22570 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22571 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22572 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22573 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22574 for the translation.
22575 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22577 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22578 it is used to handle KEY.
22580 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22581 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22582 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22583 the following annotation types are supported.
22585 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22586 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22588 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22589 candidate list.
22591 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22592 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22593 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22594 inserted.
22596 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22597 generated for the following translations.
22599 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22601 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22602 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22604 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22605 which to install MAP.
22607 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22609 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22611 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22612 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22614 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22615 which to install MAP.
22617 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22619 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22621 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22622 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22623 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22624 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22625 a function, or a cons.
22626 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22627 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22628 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22629 for the translation.
22630 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22631 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22632 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22633 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22634 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22636 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22637 it is used to handle KEY.
22639 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22640 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22641 current Quail package.
22643 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22644 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22646 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22648 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22649 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22651 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22652 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22654 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22656 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22657 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22659 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22661 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22662 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22663 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22664 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22665 of the Emacs source tree.
22667 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22668 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22670 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22671 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22672 of each directory.
22674 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22676 ;;;***
22678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (22150
22679 ;;;;;; 28228 202072 702000))
22680 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22682 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22683 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22684 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22685 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22687 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22689 ;;;***
22691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22692 ;;;;;; (22150 28228 210072 702000))
22693 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22695 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22696 Activate UCS input method.
22697 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22699 While this input method is active, the variable
22700 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22702 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22704 ;;;***
22706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (22197 58438 347460
22707 ;;;;;; 447000))
22708 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22710 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22711 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22712 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22713 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22715 To make use of this do something like:
22717 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22719 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22721 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22722 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22724 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22725 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22726 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22728 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22730 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22731 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22733 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22735 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22736 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22738 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22739 is decided.
22741 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22743 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22744 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22746 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22747 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22748 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22750 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22752 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22753 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22755 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22757 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22758 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22760 \(fn)" t nil)
22762 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22763 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22765 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22767 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22769 \(fn)" t nil)
22771 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22772 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22774 \(fn)" t nil)
22776 ;;;***
22778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (22150 28228 390072
22779 ;;;;;; 702000))
22780 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22782 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22783 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22785 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22787 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22789 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22791 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22793 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22796 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22798 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22799 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22800 See the `rcirc-track-minor-mode' command
22801 for a description of this minor mode.
22802 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22803 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22804 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22806 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22808 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22809 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22810 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22811 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22812 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22814 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22816 ;;;***
22818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (22150
22819 ;;;;;; 28227 454072 702000))
22820 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22822 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22824 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22825 Construct a regexp interactively.
22826 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22827 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22828 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22830 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22831 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22833 \(fn)" t nil)
22835 ;;;***
22837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (22349 29365 690989
22838 ;;;;;; 559000))
22839 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22841 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22842 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22843 See the `recentf-mode' command
22844 for a description of this minor mode.
22845 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22846 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22847 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22849 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22851 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22852 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22853 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22854 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22855 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22857 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22858 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22859 were operated on recently.
22861 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22863 ;;;***
22865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (22311 14139 238375 715000))
22866 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22868 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22869 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22870 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22871 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22872 ends.
22874 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22875 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22876 to be deleted.
22878 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22880 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22881 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22882 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22884 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22885 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22886 deleted.
22888 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22890 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22891 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22892 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22894 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22896 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22897 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22899 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22900 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22902 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22903 deleted.
22905 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22906 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22907 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22908 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22909 even beep.)
22911 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22913 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22914 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22916 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22918 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22919 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22921 \(fn)" t nil)
22923 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22924 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22925 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22926 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22927 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22928 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22929 and point is at the lower right corner.
22931 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22933 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22934 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22936 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22937 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22939 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22940 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22941 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22943 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22945 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22947 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22948 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22949 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22950 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22951 rectangle, all contiguous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22953 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22954 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22956 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22958 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22959 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22960 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22962 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22964 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22966 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22968 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22969 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22971 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22972 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22973 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22975 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22977 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22978 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22979 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22981 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22982 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22983 rectangle which were empty.
22985 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22987 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22988 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22990 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22991 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22992 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22993 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22995 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22997 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22998 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22999 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
23001 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23003 ;;;***
23005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (22150 28229
23006 ;;;;;; 106072 702000))
23007 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23009 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23010 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
23011 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
23012 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23013 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23015 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
23016 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
23017 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
23018 auto-filling.
23020 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
23022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23024 ;;;***
23026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (22179 28801
23027 ;;;;;; 466001 468000))
23028 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23029 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
23030 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
23031 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
23032 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
23034 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23035 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23037 \(fn)" nil nil)
23039 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23040 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23042 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23043 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23045 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23046 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23047 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23048 \\ref macro.
23050 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23051 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23052 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23054 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23055 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23056 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23058 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23059 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23061 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23062 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23064 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23065 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23066 on the menu bar.
23068 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23070 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23072 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23073 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23074 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23076 \(fn)" nil nil)
23078 ;;;***
23080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (22182
23081 ;;;;;; 44208 583853 279000))
23082 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23083 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23084 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23085 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23086 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23088 ;;;***
23090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (22150
23091 ;;;;;; 28227 454072 702000))
23092 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23094 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23095 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23096 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23097 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23098 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23099 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23101 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23102 (concat open (mapconcat \\='regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23104 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23105 by \\=\\< and \\>.
23106 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23107 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
23109 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23111 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23112 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23113 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23114 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23116 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23118 ;;;***
23120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (22150 28227 454072
23121 ;;;;;; 702000))
23122 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
23123 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
23125 ;;;***
23127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (22150 28229
23128 ;;;;;; 130072 702000))
23129 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23130 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23132 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23133 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23134 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23135 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23137 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23139 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23141 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23142 Call `remember' in another frame.
23144 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23146 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23147 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23148 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
23150 \(fn)" t nil)
23152 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23153 Extract diary entries from the region.
23155 \(fn)" nil nil)
23157 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
23158 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
23159 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
23160 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
23162 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
23164 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
23165 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
23166 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
23167 minor mode.
23169 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
23171 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
23172 Return the buffer.
23174 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
23175 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
23176 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
23178 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
23180 ;;;***
23182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (22150 28228 994072 702000))
23183 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23184 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
23186 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23187 Repeat most recently executed command.
23188 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
23189 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
23190 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
23192 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23193 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23194 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23195 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23197 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23198 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23199 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23201 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23203 ;;;***
23205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (22150 28228
23206 ;;;;;; 234072 702000))
23207 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23209 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23210 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23212 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23213 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23214 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23215 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23216 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23217 and point is left after the salutation.
23219 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23220 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23221 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23222 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23223 left after that text.
23225 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23226 is non-nil.
23228 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23229 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23230 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23231 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23233 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23235 ;;;***
23237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (22150 28228 994072
23238 ;;;;;; 702000))
23239 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23241 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23242 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23243 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23244 visibility of comments that precede it.
23245 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23246 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23247 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23248 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23249 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23250 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23251 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23252 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23253 the comment lines.
23254 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23255 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23256 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23257 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23258 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23260 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23262 ;;;***
23264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (22150 28228 994072 702000))
23265 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23267 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23268 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
23269 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
23270 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23271 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23273 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
23274 reveals invisible text around point.
23276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23278 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23279 Non-nil if Global Reveal mode is enabled.
23280 See the `global-reveal-mode' command
23281 for a description of this minor mode.
23282 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23283 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23284 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23286 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23288 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23289 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
23290 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23292 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
23293 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23294 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23296 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23298 ;;;***
23300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (22150 28227 454072
23301 ;;;;;; 702000))
23302 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23304 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23305 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23307 \(fn X)" nil nil)
23309 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23310 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23312 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23314 ;;;***
23316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (22150 28228 394072
23317 ;;;;;; 702000))
23318 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23320 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23321 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23322 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23323 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23325 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23327 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23328 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23329 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23330 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23332 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23333 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23335 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23336 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23338 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23339 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23340 INPUT-ARGS.
23342 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23343 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23344 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23345 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23346 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23348 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23349 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23350 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23351 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23353 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23354 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23355 variable.
23357 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23359 ;;;***
23361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (22250 56969 841825
23362 ;;;;;; 171000))
23363 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23365 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
23366 Name of user's primary mail file.")
23368 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
23370 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
23372 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
23373 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
23374 Its name should end with a slash.")
23376 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
23377 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
23379 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23380 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23381 Currently known variants are `emacs' and `mailutils'.
23383 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23385 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23386 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23387 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23388 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23389 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23390 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23391 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23393 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23394 sent by you under different user names.
23395 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23397 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23399 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23401 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23403 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23404 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23405 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23406 explicitly.")
23408 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23410 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23411 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23412 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23413 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23414 which normally happens once for each message,
23415 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23416 To make a change in this variable take effect
23417 for a message that you have already viewed,
23418 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23420 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23422 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23423 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23424 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23425 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23427 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23429 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23430 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23432 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23434 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23435 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23436 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23438 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23440 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23441 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23442 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23443 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23444 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23445 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23447 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23449 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23450 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23452 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23454 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23455 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23457 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23459 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23460 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23462 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23463 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23465 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23467 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23468 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23470 This is set to nil by default.")
23472 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23473 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23474 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23475 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23476 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23477 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23478 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23480 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23481 Read and edit incoming mail.
23482 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23483 file in RMAIL Mode.
23484 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23486 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23487 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23488 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23489 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23491 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23493 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23495 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23496 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23497 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23498 Instead, these commands are available:
23500 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23501 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23502 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23503 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23504 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23505 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23506 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23507 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23508 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23509 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23510 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23511 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23512 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23513 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23514 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23515 till a deleted message is found.
23516 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23517 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23518 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23519 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23520 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23521 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23522 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23523 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23524 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23525 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23526 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23527 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23528 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23529 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23530 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23531 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23532 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23533 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23534 (label defaults to last one specified).
23535 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23536 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23537 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23538 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23539 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23540 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23541 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23542 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23543 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23545 \(fn)" t nil)
23547 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23548 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23550 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23552 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23553 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23555 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23557 ;;;***
23559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (22150 28228
23560 ;;;;;; 246072 702000))
23561 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23562 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23564 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23565 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23566 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23567 case it writes Babyl.
23569 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23570 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23571 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23572 `rmail-default-file'.
23574 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23575 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23576 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23578 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23579 the header display is currently pruned.
23581 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23582 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23583 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23584 messages after output.
23586 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23587 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23588 message (if writing a file directly).
23590 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23591 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23593 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23595 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23596 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23597 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23598 i) the header is output as currently seen
23599 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23600 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23602 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23603 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23604 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23606 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23608 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23609 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23610 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23611 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23612 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23613 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23614 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23616 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23617 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23618 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23620 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23622 ;;;***
23624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (22150 28228
23625 ;;;;;; 454072 702000))
23626 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23628 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23629 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23630 Return a pattern.
23632 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23634 ;;;***
23636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (22150 28228
23637 ;;;;;; 458072 702000))
23638 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23640 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23641 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23642 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23643 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23645 \(fn)" t nil)
23647 ;;;***
23649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (22150 28228
23650 ;;;;;; 462072 702000))
23651 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23653 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23654 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23656 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23657 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23658 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23659 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23660 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23661 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23662 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23663 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23664 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23665 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23667 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23668 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23669 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23670 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23671 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23672 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23673 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23674 to use for finding the schema.
23676 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23678 ;;;***
23680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (22150 28228 462072
23681 ;;;;;; 702000))
23682 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23684 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23686 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23687 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23688 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23689 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23690 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23691 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23692 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23693 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23694 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23695 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23696 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23697 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23698 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23699 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23700 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23701 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23702 must be equal.
23704 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23706 ;;;***
23708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (22086 11929
23709 ;;;;;; 882062 731000))
23710 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23712 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23713 Define a robin package.
23715 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23716 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23717 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23718 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23720 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23721 one replaces the old one.
23723 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23725 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23726 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23728 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23729 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23730 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23732 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23734 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23735 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23737 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23739 ;;;***
23741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (22150 28228 994072 702000))
23742 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23744 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23745 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23747 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23749 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23750 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23752 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23754 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23755 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23757 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23759 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23760 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23761 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23763 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23764 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23765 in ROT13.
23767 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23769 \(fn)" t nil)
23771 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23772 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23774 \(fn)" t nil)
23776 ;;;***
23778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (22150 28229 146072
23779 ;;;;;; 702000))
23780 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23781 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23783 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23784 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23785 \\<rst-mode-map>
23787 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23788 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23789 highlighting.
23791 \\{rst-mode-map}
23793 \(fn)" t nil)
23795 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23796 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23797 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23798 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23799 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23801 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23802 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23803 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23805 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23807 ;;;***
23809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (22358
23810 ;;;;;; 44341 442310 895000))
23811 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23812 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23814 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23815 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23817 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23819 \(fn)" t nil)
23821 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\.\\(?:" "rbw?\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\)" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23823 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23825 ;;;***
23827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (22150 28228 994072
23828 ;;;;;; 702000))
23829 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23830 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23832 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23833 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23834 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23836 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23837 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23838 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23839 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23840 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23842 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23844 ;;;***
23846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (22150 28227 454072
23847 ;;;;;; 702000))
23848 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23850 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23851 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23852 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23853 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23855 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23857 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23858 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23859 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23861 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23862 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23863 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23865 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23866 notation.
23868 STRING
23869 matches string STRING literally.
23871 CHAR
23872 matches character CHAR literally.
23874 `not-newline', `nonl'
23875 matches any character except a newline.
23877 `anything'
23878 matches any character
23880 `(any SET ...)'
23881 `(in SET ...)'
23882 `(char SET ...)'
23883 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23884 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23885 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23887 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23888 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23889 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23890 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23892 `(not (any SET ...))'
23893 matches any character not in SET ...
23895 `line-start', `bol'
23896 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23897 in the text being matched
23899 `line-end', `eol'
23900 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23902 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23903 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23904 string being matched against.
23906 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23907 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23908 string being matched against.
23910 `buffer-start'
23911 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23912 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23914 `buffer-end'
23915 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23916 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23918 `point'
23919 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23921 `word-start', `bow'
23922 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23924 `word-end', `eow'
23925 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23927 `word-boundary'
23928 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23929 word.
23931 `(not word-boundary)'
23932 `not-word-boundary'
23933 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23934 word.
23936 `symbol-start'
23937 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23939 `symbol-end'
23940 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23942 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23943 matches 0 through 9.
23945 `control', `cntrl'
23946 matches ASCII control characters.
23948 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23949 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23951 `blank'
23952 matches space and tab only.
23954 `graphic', `graph'
23955 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
23956 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
23957 unassigned by Unicode.
23959 `printing', `print'
23960 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
23962 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23963 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
23964 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23966 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23967 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
23968 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23970 `ascii'
23971 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23973 `nonascii'
23974 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23976 `lower', `lower-case'
23977 matches anything lower-case.
23979 `upper', `upper-case'
23980 matches anything upper-case.
23982 `punctuation', `punct'
23983 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23984 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23986 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23987 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23989 `word', `wordchar'
23990 matches anything that has word syntax.
23992 `not-wordchar'
23993 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23995 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23996 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23997 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23998 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
24000 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
24001 `punctuation' (\\s.)
24002 `word' (\\sw)
24003 `symbol' (\\s_)
24004 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
24005 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
24006 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
24007 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24008 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24009 `escape' (\\s\\)
24010 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24011 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24012 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24013 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24014 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24016 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24017 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24019 `(category CATEGORY)'
24020 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24021 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24023 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24024 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24025 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24026 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24027 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
24028 `symbol' (\\c5)
24029 `digit' (\\c6)
24030 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
24031 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
24032 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
24033 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
24034 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
24035 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
24036 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
24037 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24038 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24039 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24040 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24041 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24042 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24043 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24044 `ascii' (\\ca)
24045 `arabic' (\\cb)
24046 `chinese' (\\cc)
24047 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
24048 `greek' (\\cg)
24049 `korean' (\\ch)
24050 `indian' (\\ci)
24051 `japanese' (\\cj)
24052 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24053 `latin' (\\cl)
24054 `lao' (\\co)
24055 `tibetan' (\\cq)
24056 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24057 `thai' (\\ct)
24058 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24059 `hebrew' (\\cw)
24060 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
24061 `can-break' (\\c|)
24063 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24064 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24066 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24067 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24068 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24069 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24070 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24072 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24073 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24074 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24075 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24077 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24078 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24079 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
24080 group number N.
24082 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24083 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24084 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24085 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24086 regular expression.
24088 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24089 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24090 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24091 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24092 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24094 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24095 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24097 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24098 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24100 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24101 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
24102 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24104 `(* SEXP ...)'
24105 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24106 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24108 `(*? SEXP ...)'
24109 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24110 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24112 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24113 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
24114 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24116 `(+ SEXP ...)'
24117 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24119 `(+? SEXP ...)'
24120 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24122 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24123 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24124 `(opt SEXP ...)'
24125 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24127 `(? SEXP ...)'
24128 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24130 `(?? SEXP ...)'
24131 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24133 `(repeat N SEXP)'
24134 `(= N SEXP ...)'
24135 matches N occurrences.
24137 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
24138 matches N or more occurrences.
24140 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24141 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24142 matches N to M occurrences.
24144 `(backref N)'
24145 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24147 `(eval FORM)'
24148 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24149 `regexp-quote' it.
24151 `(regexp REGEXP)'
24152 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24154 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
24156 ;;;***
24158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (22150 28228
24159 ;;;;;; 394072 702000))
24160 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
24161 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
24163 ;;;***
24165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (22150 28228 994072
24166 ;;;;;; 702000))
24167 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24168 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
24170 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24171 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
24172 See the `savehist-mode' command
24173 for a description of this minor mode.
24174 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24175 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24176 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
24178 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24180 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24181 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
24182 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
24183 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24184 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24186 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
24187 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
24188 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
24189 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
24191 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24192 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
24193 histories, which is probably undesirable.
24195 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24197 ;;;***
24199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (22224 16978 400323
24200 ;;;;;; 324000))
24201 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
24203 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
24204 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
24205 See the `save-place-mode' command
24206 for a description of this minor mode.
24207 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24208 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24209 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
24211 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
24213 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
24214 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
24215 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
24216 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
24218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24220 (autoload 'save-place-local-mode "saveplace" "\
24221 Toggle whether to save your place in this file between sessions.
24222 If this mode is enabled, point is recorded when you kill the buffer
24223 or exit Emacs. Visiting this file again will go to that position,
24224 even in a later Emacs session.
24226 If called with a prefix arg, the mode is enabled if and only if
24227 the argument is positive.
24229 To save places automatically in all files, put this in your init
24230 file:
24232 \(save-place-mode 1)
24234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24236 ;;;***
24238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (22150 28228
24239 ;;;;;; 910072 702000))
24240 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24242 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24243 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24244 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24246 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24247 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24248 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24249 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24250 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24251 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24252 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24253 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24255 Commands:
24256 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24257 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24258 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24260 \(fn)" t nil)
24262 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24263 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24264 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24266 Commands:
24267 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24268 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24269 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24270 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24271 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24272 that variable's value is a string.
24274 \(fn)" t nil)
24276 ;;;***
24278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (22150 28228
24279 ;;;;;; 18072 702000))
24280 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24282 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24283 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24284 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24286 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24288 \(fn)" t nil)
24290 ;;;***
24292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (22150 28228 994072
24293 ;;;;;; 702000))
24294 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24296 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24297 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24298 See the `scroll-all-mode' command
24299 for a description of this minor mode.
24300 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24301 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24302 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24304 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24306 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24307 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
24308 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
24309 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24310 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24312 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
24313 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24315 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24317 ;;;***
24319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (22150 28228
24320 ;;;;;; 994072 702000))
24321 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24323 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24324 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24325 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24326 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24327 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
24328 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
24329 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
24330 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
24332 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24334 ;;;***
24336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (22150 28228 394072
24337 ;;;;;; 702000))
24338 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
24339 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
24340 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
24342 ;;;***
24344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (22150 28227
24345 ;;;;;; 222072 702000))
24346 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24347 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
24349 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24350 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24351 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24353 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24354 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24355 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24356 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24357 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24358 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24359 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24360 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24361 keybinding for tag names.
24362 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
24363 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
24364 of the symbol under point.
24365 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
24366 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
24367 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
24368 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
24369 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
24370 syntax tokens.
24371 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
24373 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24375 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24376 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24377 See the `semantic-mode' command
24378 for a description of this minor mode.
24379 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24380 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24381 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24383 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24385 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24386 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
24387 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
24388 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24389 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24391 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24392 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24393 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24394 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24395 Semantic mode.
24397 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24399 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24401 ;;;***
24403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
24404 ;;;;;; (22150 28227 234072 702000))
24405 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
24407 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
24408 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
24410 \(fn)" t nil)
24412 ;;;***
24414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
24415 ;;;;;; (22150 28227 266072 702000))
24416 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
24418 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
24419 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
24421 \(fn)" t nil)
24423 ;;;***
24425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (22224 36171
24426 ;;;;;; 816467 383000))
24427 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24429 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24430 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24432 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
24433 king@grassland.com
24434 If `parens', they look like:
24435 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24436 If `angles', they look like:
24437 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24439 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24440 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24442 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24444 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24445 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24446 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24447 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24449 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24450 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24451 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24452 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24454 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24456 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24457 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24458 This is done when the message is initialized,
24459 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24461 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24463 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24464 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24465 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24467 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24469 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24470 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24471 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24472 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24473 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24474 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24475 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24477 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24479 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24480 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24482 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24484 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24485 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24486 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24487 be a Babyl file.")
24489 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24491 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24492 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24493 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24494 when you first send mail.")
24496 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24498 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24499 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24500 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24501 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24502 This file need not actually exist.")
24504 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24506 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24507 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24509 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24511 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24512 Alist of mail address aliases,
24513 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24514 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24515 can specify a different file name.)
24516 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24517 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24519 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24520 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24521 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24523 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24525 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24526 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24527 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24529 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24531 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24532 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24533 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24534 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24535 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24536 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24537 in the cited portion of the message.
24539 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24540 instead of no action.")
24542 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24544 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24545 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24546 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24547 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24548 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24550 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24552 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24553 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24554 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24555 If a string, that string is inserted.
24556 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24557 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24558 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24559 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24561 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24563 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24564 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24566 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24568 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24569 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24570 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24572 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24573 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24575 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24577 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24578 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24579 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24580 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24582 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24584 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24585 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24586 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24588 \(fn)" nil nil)
24590 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24592 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24595 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24597 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24598 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24599 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24601 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24602 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24604 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24605 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24606 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24607 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24608 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24609 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24610 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24611 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24612 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24613 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24614 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24615 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24616 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24617 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24619 \(fn)" t nil)
24621 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24622 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24623 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24624 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24626 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24628 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24629 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24630 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24631 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24632 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24633 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24635 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24636 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24637 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24639 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24640 User should not set this variable manually,
24641 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24642 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24643 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24645 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24646 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24647 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24648 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24650 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24651 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24653 \\<mail-mode-map>
24654 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24656 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24657 to move to message header fields:
24658 \\{mail-mode-map}
24660 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24661 when the message is initialized.
24663 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24664 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24666 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24667 is inserted.
24669 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24670 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24672 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24673 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24674 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24675 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24676 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24677 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24678 buffer without erasing the contents.
24680 The second through fifth arguments,
24681 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24682 the initial contents of those header fields.
24683 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24684 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24685 original message being replied to, or else an action
24686 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24687 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24688 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24689 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24690 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24691 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24693 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24695 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24696 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24698 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24700 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24701 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24703 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24705 ;;;***
24707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (22278 49573 67090
24708 ;;;;;; 835000))
24709 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
24710 (push (purecopy '(seq 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
24712 ;;;***
24714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (22150 28228 998072 702000))
24715 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24717 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24719 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24721 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24723 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24724 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24725 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24726 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24727 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24728 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24730 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24731 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24733 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24734 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24735 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24737 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24738 \\[server-start].
24740 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24742 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24743 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24744 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24745 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24747 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24749 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24750 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24751 See the `server-mode' command
24752 for a description of this minor mode.
24753 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24754 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24755 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24757 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24759 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24760 Toggle Server mode.
24761 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24762 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24763 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24765 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24766 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24767 `server-start' for details.
24769 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24771 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24772 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24773 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24775 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24776 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24778 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24780 ;;;***
24782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (22342 56118 896613 383000))
24783 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24785 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24786 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24788 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24789 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24790 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24791 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24792 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24794 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24795 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24796 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24797 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24798 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24799 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24801 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24802 displayed.
24804 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24805 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24806 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24808 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24809 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24811 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24812 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24814 \\{ses-mode-map}
24815 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24816 part):
24817 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24818 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24819 formula:
24820 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24822 \(fn)" t nil)
24824 ;;;***
24826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (22150
24827 ;;;;;; 28229 150072 702000))
24828 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24830 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24831 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24832 Makes > match <.
24833 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and \\=' can be electric depending on
24834 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24836 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24837 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24838 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24840 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function \\='upcase)
24841 in your init file.
24843 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24845 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24846 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24847 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24849 \(fn)" t nil)
24851 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24852 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24853 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24854 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24855 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24856 which this is based.
24858 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24860 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24861 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24862 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24863 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24865 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24866 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24867 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24869 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24870 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24871 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24872 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24874 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24875 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24876 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24877 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24879 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24881 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24882 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24883 To work around that, do:
24884 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" \\='(aset sgml-char-names ?\\=' nil))
24886 \\{html-mode-map}
24888 \(fn)" t nil)
24890 ;;;***
24892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (22291
24893 ;;;;;; 28851 657608 847000))
24894 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24895 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24896 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24898 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24899 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24900 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24901 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24902 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24903 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24905 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24906 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24907 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24908 shell-specific features. Shell script files can use the `sh-shell' local
24909 variable to indicate the shell variant to be used for the file.
24911 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24912 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24913 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24914 \\<sh-mode-map>
24915 \\[sh-case] case statement
24916 \\[sh-for] for loop
24917 \\[sh-function] function definition
24918 \\[sh-if] if statement
24919 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24920 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24921 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24922 \\[sh-select] select loop
24923 \\[sh-until] until loop
24924 \\[sh-while] while loop
24926 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24927 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24928 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24929 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24930 would indent to the way it currently is.
24931 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24932 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24935 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24936 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24937 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24938 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24939 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24941 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24942 unquoted < insert a here document. You can control this behavior by
24943 modifying `sh-mode-hook'.
24945 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24946 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24947 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24949 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24950 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24952 \(fn)" t nil)
24954 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24956 ;;;***
24958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (22150 28227
24959 ;;;;;; 454072 702000))
24960 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24962 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24963 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24965 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24966 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24967 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24969 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24970 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24971 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24972 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24973 the earlier.
24975 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24977 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24979 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24980 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24981 \(require \\='XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24983 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24984 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24986 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24987 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24988 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24989 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24990 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24991 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24992 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24993 Emacs version).
24995 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24996 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24997 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24998 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24999 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
25001 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
25002 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
25004 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
25006 ;;;***
25008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (22150 28229 14072
25009 ;;;;;; 702000))
25010 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25012 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25013 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25014 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25015 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25016 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25017 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25018 sites in the cluster.
25020 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
25022 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25023 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25024 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25025 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25026 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25028 \(fn)" t nil)
25030 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25031 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25032 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25033 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25034 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25035 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25036 `shadow-define-cluster').
25038 \(fn)" t nil)
25040 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25041 Set up file shadowing.
25043 \(fn)" t nil)
25045 ;;;***
25047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (22150 28229 14072 702000))
25048 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25050 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
25051 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25052 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25053 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25054 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25055 arguments.")
25057 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25059 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25060 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25061 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25062 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25063 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25065 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25066 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25067 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25068 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25069 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25070 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25071 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25072 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25073 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25074 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25075 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25077 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25078 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25079 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25080 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25081 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25082 `default-process-coding-system'.
25084 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25085 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25086 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25087 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25089 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25091 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25093 ;;;***
25095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (22255 55369 13338 944000))
25096 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
25098 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
25099 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
25101 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25103 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
25104 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
25105 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
25106 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
25108 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
25110 ;;;***
25112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (22150 28228 18072
25113 ;;;;;; 702000))
25114 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25116 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25119 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25121 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25124 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25126 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25129 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25131 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
25134 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25136 ;;;***
25138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (22150 28228
25139 ;;;;;; 18072 702000))
25140 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25142 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25143 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25144 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25145 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25146 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25148 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25150 \(fn)" t nil)
25152 ;;;***
25154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (22197 58438
25155 ;;;;;; 563460 447000))
25156 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25158 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25159 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25160 \\{simula-mode-map}
25161 Variables controlling indentation style:
25162 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25163 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25164 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25165 `simula-indent-level'
25166 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25167 `simula-substatement-offset'
25168 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25169 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25170 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25171 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25172 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25173 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25174 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25175 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25176 `simula-if-indent' (0 . 0)
25177 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25178 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25179 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25180 `simula-inspect-indent' (0 . 0)
25181 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25182 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25183 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25184 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25185 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25186 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25187 `simula-abbrev-keyword' `upcase'
25188 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25189 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25190 or nil if they should not be changed.
25191 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' `abbrev-table'
25192 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25193 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25194 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25196 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25197 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25199 \(fn)" t nil)
25201 ;;;***
25203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (22197 58438 667460
25204 ;;;;;; 447000))
25205 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25207 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25208 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25210 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25211 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25212 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25213 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25215 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
25217 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
25219 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25220 Insert SKELETON.
25221 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25222 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25223 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25224 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25225 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25227 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25228 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25230 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25232 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25233 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25235 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25236 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25237 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25238 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25240 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25241 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25242 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25243 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25245 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25246 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25247 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25249 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25250 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25252 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25253 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25255 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
25256 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
25257 is at bol/eol
25258 _ interesting point, interregion here
25259 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25260 interesting point set by _
25261 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25262 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25263 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25264 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25265 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25266 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25267 nil skipped
25269 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25270 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25272 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
25273 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
25274 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
25275 as the first element when at bol.
25277 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
25278 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
25279 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
25280 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25281 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
25282 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25283 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
25284 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25286 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25287 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25288 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25289 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25290 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25291 available:
25293 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25294 then: insert previously read string once more
25295 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25296 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25297 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25299 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25300 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25302 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25304 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25305 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25307 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25308 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25309 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25310 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25311 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25312 such as backslash.
25314 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25315 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
25316 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
25317 twice for the others.
25319 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25321 ;;;***
25323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (22150 28229
25324 ;;;;;; 286072 702000))
25325 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25327 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25328 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25329 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25330 buffer names.
25332 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25334 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25335 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25336 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
25337 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
25338 if ARG is omitted or nil.
25339 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25341 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25343 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25344 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25345 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25347 \(fn)" t nil)
25349 ;;;***
25351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (22150 28228 18072
25352 ;;;;;; 702000))
25353 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25355 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25356 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25357 A list of images is returned.
25359 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25361 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25362 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25363 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25365 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25367 ;;;***
25369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (22150 28228
25370 ;;;;;; 254072 702000))
25371 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25373 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25376 \(fn)" nil nil)
25378 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25379 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25381 \(fn)" t nil)
25383 ;;;***
25385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (22150 28228 682072
25386 ;;;;;; 702000))
25387 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25389 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25390 Play the Snake game.
25391 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25393 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25395 Snake mode keybindings:
25396 \\<snake-mode-map>
25397 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25398 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25399 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25400 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25401 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25402 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25403 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25405 \(fn)" t nil)
25407 ;;;***
25409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (22150 28228
25410 ;;;;;; 402072 702000))
25411 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25413 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25414 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25415 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25416 Tab indents for C code.
25417 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25418 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25419 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25420 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25421 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25423 \(fn)" t nil)
25425 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25426 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25427 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25428 Tab indents for C code.
25429 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25430 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25431 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25432 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25433 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25435 \(fn)" t nil)
25437 ;;;***
25439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-client" "net/soap-client.el" (22249 52871
25440 ;;;;;; 284284 99000))
25441 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-client.el
25442 (push (purecopy '(soap-client 3 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25444 ;;;***
25446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (22284 55604 54845
25447 ;;;;;; 171000))
25448 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25450 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25451 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25452 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25453 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25454 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25456 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25460 ;;;***
25462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (22150 28228
25463 ;;;;;; 682072 702000))
25464 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25466 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25467 Play Solitaire.
25469 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25470 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25471 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25472 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25473 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25474 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25475 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25476 check after each move or undo.)
25478 What is Solitaire?
25480 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25481 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25482 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25484 Le Solitaire
25485 ============
25487 o o o
25489 o o o
25491 o o o o o o o
25493 o o o . o o o
25495 o o o o o o o
25497 o o o
25499 o o o
25501 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25502 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25503 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25504 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25506 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25507 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25508 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25509 this: o o .
25511 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25512 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25514 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25516 o o o
25518 . o o
25520 o o . o o o o
25522 o . o o o o o
25524 o o o o o o o
25526 o o o
25528 o o o
25530 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25532 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25534 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25536 ;;;***
25538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (22150 28229 18072 702000))
25539 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25540 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25542 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25543 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25545 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25546 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25547 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25548 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25549 contiguous.
25551 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25552 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25553 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25554 the sort order.
25556 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25557 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25559 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25560 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25561 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25562 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25563 is called.
25565 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25566 It should move point to the end of the record.
25568 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25569 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25570 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25571 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25572 starts at the beginning of the record.
25574 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25575 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25576 same as ENDRECFUN.
25578 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25579 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25580 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25581 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25582 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25583 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25584 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25586 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25588 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25589 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25590 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25591 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25592 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25593 the sort order.
25595 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25597 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25598 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25599 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25600 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25601 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25602 the sort order.
25604 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25606 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25607 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25608 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25609 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25610 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25611 the sort order.
25613 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25614 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25616 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25617 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25618 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25619 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25620 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25621 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25622 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25623 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25624 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25626 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25628 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25629 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25630 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25631 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25632 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25633 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25634 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25635 the sort order.
25637 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25639 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25640 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25641 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25642 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25644 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25645 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25647 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25648 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25649 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25650 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25651 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25652 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25653 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25654 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25656 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25658 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25659 the sort order.
25661 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25662 starting with the letter \"f\",
25663 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25665 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25667 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25668 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25669 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25670 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25671 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25672 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25673 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25674 the sort order.
25676 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25677 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25678 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25679 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25680 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25682 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25684 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25685 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25686 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25688 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25690 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25691 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25692 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25693 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25694 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25695 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25696 each repeated line.
25698 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25699 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25700 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25701 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25703 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25704 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25706 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25707 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25709 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25711 ;;;***
25713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (22150 28228 22072 702000))
25714 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25716 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25717 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25718 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25719 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25720 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25721 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25723 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25725 ;;;***
25727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (22150
25728 ;;;;;; 28228 22072 702000))
25729 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25731 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25732 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25734 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25735 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25736 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25738 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25740 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25741 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25742 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25743 server.
25745 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25747 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25748 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25749 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25751 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25753 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25754 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25755 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25756 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25757 Agent is plugged.
25759 \(fn)" t nil)
25761 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25762 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25763 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25764 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25766 \(fn)" t nil)
25768 ;;;***
25770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (22189 64323 312321
25771 ;;;;;; 19000))
25772 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25774 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25776 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25777 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25778 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25779 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25780 supported at a time.
25781 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25782 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25786 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25787 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25788 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25789 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25791 \(fn)" t nil)
25793 ;;;***
25795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (22150 28228 682072
25796 ;;;;;; 702000))
25797 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25799 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25800 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25802 \(fn)" t nil)
25804 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25805 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25807 \(fn)" nil nil)
25809 ;;;***
25811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (22203 10834 812791
25812 ;;;;;; 123000))
25813 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25814 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25816 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25817 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25819 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25820 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25821 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25822 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25823 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25824 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25825 of the current highlighting list.
25827 For example:
25829 (sql-add-product-keywords \\='ms
25830 \\='((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25832 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25833 `_t' as data types.
25835 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25837 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25838 Major mode to edit SQL.
25840 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25841 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25842 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25844 \\{sql-mode-map}
25845 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25847 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25848 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25849 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25850 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25851 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25852 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25854 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25855 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25857 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25858 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25859 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25861 \(add-hook \\='sql-mode-hook
25862 (lambda ()
25863 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25865 \(fn)" t nil)
25867 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25868 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25870 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25871 their settings.
25873 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25874 is specified in the connection settings.
25876 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25878 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25879 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25881 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25882 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25884 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25885 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25886 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25887 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25889 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25891 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25893 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25894 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25896 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25897 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25898 `*SQL*'.
25900 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25901 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25902 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25903 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25905 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25906 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25908 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25909 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25910 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25911 buffer.
25913 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25914 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25915 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25916 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25917 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25918 `default-process-coding-system'.
25920 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25922 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25924 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25925 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25927 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25928 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25929 `*SQL*'.
25931 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25932 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25933 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25934 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25936 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25937 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25939 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25940 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25941 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25942 buffer.
25944 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25945 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25946 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25947 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25948 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25949 `default-process-coding-system'.
25951 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25953 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25955 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25956 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25958 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25959 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25960 `*SQL*'.
25962 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25963 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25965 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25966 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25968 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25969 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25970 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25971 buffer.
25973 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25974 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25975 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25976 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25977 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25978 `default-process-coding-system'.
25980 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25982 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25984 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25985 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25987 SQLite is free software.
25989 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25990 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25991 `*SQL*'.
25993 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25994 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25995 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25996 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25998 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25999 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26001 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26002 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
26003 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26004 buffer.
26006 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26007 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26008 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26009 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26010 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26011 `default-process-coding-system'.
26013 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26015 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26017 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26018 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26020 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26022 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26023 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26024 `*SQL*'.
26026 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26027 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26028 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26029 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26031 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26032 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26034 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26035 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
26036 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26037 buffer.
26039 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26040 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26041 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26042 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26043 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26044 `default-process-coding-system'.
26046 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26048 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26050 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26051 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26053 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26054 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26055 `*SQL*'.
26057 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26058 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26059 defaults, if set.
26061 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26062 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26064 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26065 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
26066 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26067 buffer.
26069 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26070 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26071 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26072 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26073 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26074 `default-process-coding-system'.
26076 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26078 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26080 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26081 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26083 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26084 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26085 `*SQL*'.
26087 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26088 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26090 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26091 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26093 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26094 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
26095 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26096 buffer.
26098 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26099 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26100 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26101 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26102 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26103 `default-process-coding-system'.
26105 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26107 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26109 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26110 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26112 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26113 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26114 `*SQL*'.
26116 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26117 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26118 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26119 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26121 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26122 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26124 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26125 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
26126 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26127 buffer.
26129 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26130 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26131 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26132 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26133 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26134 `default-process-coding-system'.
26136 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26138 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26140 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26141 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26143 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26144 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26145 `*SQL*'.
26147 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26148 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26149 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26150 `sql-postgres-options'.
26152 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26153 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26155 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26156 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
26157 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26158 buffer.
26160 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26161 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26162 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26163 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26164 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26165 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26166 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26167 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26169 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26170 \\='(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26172 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26174 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26176 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26177 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26179 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26180 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26181 `*SQL*'.
26183 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26184 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26185 defaults, if set.
26187 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26188 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26190 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26191 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
26192 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26193 buffer.
26195 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26196 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26197 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26198 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26199 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26200 `default-process-coding-system'.
26202 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26204 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26206 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26207 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26209 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26210 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26211 `*SQL*'.
26213 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26214 automatic login.
26216 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26217 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26219 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26220 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26221 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26222 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26224 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26225 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
26226 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26227 buffer.
26229 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26230 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26231 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26232 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26233 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26234 `default-process-coding-system'.
26236 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26238 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26240 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26241 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26243 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26244 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26245 `*SQL*'.
26247 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26248 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26249 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26250 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26251 parameters.
26253 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26254 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26255 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26256 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26257 an empty password.
26259 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26260 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26262 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26263 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
26264 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26265 buffer.
26267 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26269 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26271 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
26272 Run vsql as an inferior process.
26274 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26276 ;;;***
26278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (22150 28227 270072
26279 ;;;;;; 702000))
26280 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
26281 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
26283 ;;;***
26285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26286 ;;;;;; (22150 28227 274072 702000))
26287 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26289 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26290 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26292 \(fn)" t nil)
26294 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26296 ;;;***
26298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (22150 28228
26299 ;;;;;; 22072 702000))
26300 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26302 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26303 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26304 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26305 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26306 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26307 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26308 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26309 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26310 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26311 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26312 with any buffer
26313 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26314 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26315 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26316 GnuTLS requires a port number.
26318 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26320 ;;;***
26322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (22182 4679 511463 499000))
26323 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26325 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26326 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26327 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
26328 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
26329 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26330 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26332 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26334 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26336 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26337 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26338 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26339 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26340 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26341 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26342 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26344 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26346 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26347 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26348 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26349 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26350 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26351 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26352 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26354 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26356 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26357 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26358 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26360 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26362 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26363 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26364 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26366 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26368 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26369 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26371 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26373 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26374 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26376 \(fn)" t nil)
26378 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26379 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26381 \(fn)" t nil)
26383 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26384 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26385 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
26386 by command name.
26387 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26389 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26391 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26392 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26393 See the `strokes-mode' command
26394 for a description of this minor mode.
26395 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26396 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26397 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26399 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26401 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26402 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
26403 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
26404 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
26405 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26407 \\<strokes-mode-map>
26408 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26409 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26410 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26411 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26413 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26414 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26415 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26416 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26418 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26420 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26422 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26423 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26424 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26425 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26427 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26429 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26430 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26432 \(fn)" t nil)
26434 ;;;***
26436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (22279 37684 392180
26437 ;;;;;; 436000))
26438 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26440 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26441 Studlify-case the region.
26443 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26445 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26446 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26448 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26450 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26451 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26453 \(fn)" t nil)
26455 ;;;***
26457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (22150 28228
26458 ;;;;;; 930072 702000))
26459 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26461 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
26463 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26464 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26465 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26466 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26467 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26469 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26470 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
26471 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26472 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
26474 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
26475 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26476 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
26478 Nomenclature Subwords
26479 ===========================================================
26480 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26481 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26482 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26484 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
26485 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
26487 \\{subword-mode-map}
26489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26491 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26492 Non-nil if Global Subword mode is enabled.
26493 See the `global-subword-mode' command
26494 for a description of this minor mode.
26495 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26496 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26497 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26499 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26501 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26502 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26503 With prefix ARG, enable Global Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26504 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26505 ARG is omitted or nil.
26507 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26508 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26509 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26513 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26514 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26515 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26516 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26517 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26519 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26520 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
26521 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
26522 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
26524 \\{superword-mode-map}
26526 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26528 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26529 Non-nil if Global Superword mode is enabled.
26530 See the `global-superword-mode' command
26531 for a description of this minor mode.
26532 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26533 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26534 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26536 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26538 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26539 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26540 With prefix ARG, enable Global Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26541 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26542 ARG is omitted or nil.
26544 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26545 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26546 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26550 ;;;***
26552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (22150 28228
26553 ;;;;;; 254072 702000))
26554 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26556 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26557 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26558 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26559 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26560 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26561 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26562 original message but it does require a few things:
26564 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26566 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26567 reply buffer.
26569 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26570 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26571 original message.
26573 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26575 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26577 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26578 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26579 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26581 \(fn)" nil nil)
26583 ;;;***
26585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (22204 31687 849113
26586 ;;;;;; 480000))
26587 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26589 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26591 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26592 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26593 See the `gpm-mouse-mode' command
26594 for a description of this minor mode.
26595 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26596 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26597 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26599 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26601 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26602 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26603 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26604 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26605 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26607 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26608 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26609 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26611 Note that when `gpm-mouse-mode' is enabled, you cannot use the
26612 mouse to transfer text between Emacs and other programs which use
26613 GPM. This is due to limitations in GPM and the Linux kernel.
26615 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26617 ;;;***
26619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (22150 28229 26072 702000))
26620 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26622 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26623 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26624 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26625 buffer.
26627 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26628 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26629 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26631 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26633 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26634 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26635 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26636 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26637 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26638 buffer.
26640 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26641 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26642 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26644 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26646 ;;;***
26648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (22186 51800 574004
26649 ;;;;;; 628000))
26650 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26652 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26653 Insert an editable text table.
26654 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26655 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26656 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26657 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26658 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26659 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26660 delimiting them.
26662 Examples:
26664 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26666 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26667 location of point.
26671 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26672 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26673 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26674 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26675 first cell.
26677 +-----+-----+-----+
26678 |-!- | | |
26679 +-----+-----+-----+
26681 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26683 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26684 width, which results as
26686 +--------------+-----+-----+
26687 |-!- | | |
26688 +--------------+-----+-----+
26690 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26691 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26693 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26694 | | |-!- |
26695 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26697 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26698 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26699 width information to `table-insert'.
26701 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26703 instead of
26705 Cell width(s): 5
26707 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26708 work all together.
26710 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26711 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26713 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26714 |-!- | | |
26715 | | | |
26716 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26718 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26720 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26721 |-!- | | |
26722 | | | |
26723 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26724 | | | |
26725 | | | |
26726 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26728 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26730 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26731 | | | |
26732 | | | |
26733 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26734 | | | |
26735 | | | |
26736 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26739 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26740 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26741 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26743 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26744 | | | |
26745 | | | |
26746 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26747 | | | |
26748 | | | |
26749 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26750 |-!- | | |
26751 | | | |
26752 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26754 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26755 results.
26757 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26758 | | | |
26759 | | | |
26760 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26761 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26762 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26763 | | |expected results.-!- |
26764 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26765 | | | |
26766 | | | |
26767 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26769 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26771 \\{table-cell-map}
26773 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26775 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26776 Insert N table row(s).
26777 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26778 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26779 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26780 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26782 \(fn N)" t nil)
26784 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26785 Insert N table column(s).
26786 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26787 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26788 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26789 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26791 \(fn N)" t nil)
26793 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26794 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26795 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26797 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26799 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26800 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26801 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26802 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26803 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26804 all the table specific features.
26806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26808 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26811 \(fn)" t nil)
26813 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26814 Recognize all tables within region.
26815 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26816 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26817 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26818 specific features.
26820 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26822 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26825 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26827 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26828 Recognize a table at point.
26829 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26830 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26831 the table specific features.
26833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26835 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26838 \(fn)" t nil)
26840 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26841 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26842 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26843 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26844 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26845 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26846 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26848 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26850 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26853 \(fn)" t nil)
26855 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26856 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26857 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26858 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26859 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26860 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26861 specified.
26863 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26865 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26866 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26867 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26868 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26869 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26870 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26871 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26872 table structure.
26874 \(fn N)" t nil)
26876 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26877 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26878 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26879 table's rectangle structure.
26881 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26883 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26884 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26885 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26886 table's rectangle structure.
26888 \(fn N)" t nil)
26890 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26891 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26892 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26893 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26894 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26896 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26898 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26899 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26900 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26902 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26903 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26904 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26905 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26906 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26907 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26908 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26910 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26911 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26912 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26913 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26914 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26915 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26916 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26918 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26919 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26920 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26921 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26922 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26923 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26924 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26925 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26927 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26929 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26930 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26931 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26932 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26934 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26936 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26937 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26938 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26940 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26942 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26943 Split current cell vertically.
26944 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26946 \(fn)" t nil)
26948 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26949 Split current cell horizontally.
26950 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26952 \(fn)" t nil)
26954 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26955 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26956 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26958 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26960 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26961 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26962 WHAT is a symbol `cell', `row' or `column'. JUSTIFY is a symbol
26963 `left', `center', `right', `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none'.
26965 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26967 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26968 Justify cell contents.
26969 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal, or `top',
26970 `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26971 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26972 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26974 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26976 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26977 Justify cells of a row.
26978 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26979 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26981 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26983 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26984 Justify cells of a column.
26985 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26986 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26988 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26990 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26991 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26992 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26993 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26994 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26995 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26996 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26997 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26998 run-time.
27000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27002 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
27003 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
27004 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
27005 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
27006 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
27007 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
27008 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
27009 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
27010 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27011 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27012 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27014 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27016 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27017 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27018 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27019 structure of the table. It must be either `html', `latex' or `cals'.
27020 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27021 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27022 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27023 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27024 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27025 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27026 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27027 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27028 untouched.
27030 References used for this implementation:
27032 HTML:
27033 URL `http://www.w3.org'
27035 LaTeX:
27036 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
27038 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27039 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
27040 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
27042 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27044 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27045 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27046 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27047 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27048 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27049 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27050 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27051 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27052 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27053 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27054 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27055 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27056 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27057 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27058 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27059 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or
27060 `right' that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27062 Example:
27064 (progn
27065 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27066 (table-forward-cell 15)
27067 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
27068 (table-forward-cell 16)
27069 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
27070 (table-forward-cell 1)
27071 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 \\='center))
27073 (progn
27074 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27075 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 \\='right)
27076 (table-forward-cell 1)
27077 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 \\='left))
27079 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27081 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27082 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27083 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27084 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27085 consists from cells of same height.
27087 \(fn N)" t nil)
27089 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27090 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27091 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27092 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27093 column must consists from cells of same width.
27095 \(fn N)" t nil)
27097 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27098 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27099 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27100 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27101 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27102 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27103 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27104 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27105 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27106 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27107 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27108 is one of `left', `center' or `right', which specifies the cell
27109 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27110 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27111 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27114 Example 1:
27116 1, 2, 3, 4
27117 5, 6, 7, 8
27118 , 9, 10
27120 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27121 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27122 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27123 specified as 5.
27125 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27126 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
27127 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27128 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
27129 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27130 | | 9 | 10 | |
27131 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27133 Note:
27135 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27136 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27137 of each row is optional.
27140 Example 2:
27142 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27143 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27144 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27145 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27146 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27148 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27149 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27151 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27152 expression and raw delimiter regular
27153 expression, it parses the specified text
27154 area and extracts cell items from
27155 non-table text and then forms a table out
27156 of them.
27158 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27159 creates a single cell table. The text in
27160 the specified region is placed in that
27161 cell.-*-
27163 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27164 like this.
27166 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27167 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27168 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27170 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27171 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27172 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27173 | area and extracts cell items from |
27174 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27175 | of them. |
27177 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27178 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27179 | the specified region is placed in that |
27180 | cell. |
27181 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27183 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27184 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27185 independently.
27187 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27188 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27189 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27190 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27191 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27192 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27193 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27194 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27195 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27196 | |of them. |
27197 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27198 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27199 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27200 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27201 | |cell. |
27202 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27204 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27205 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27206 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27208 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27210 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27211 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27212 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
27213 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27214 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27216 \(fn)" t nil)
27218 ;;;***
27220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (22150 28229 26072 702000))
27221 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27223 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27224 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27226 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27228 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27229 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27231 \(fn)" t nil)
27233 ;;;***
27235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (22150 28229 26072
27236 ;;;;;; 702000))
27237 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27239 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27240 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27241 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27242 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27243 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27244 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27245 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27247 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27248 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27249 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27250 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27252 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27253 \\{tar-mode-map}
27255 \(fn)" t nil)
27257 ;;;***
27259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (22150 28228 934072
27260 ;;;;;; 702000))
27261 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27263 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27264 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27265 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27266 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27267 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27268 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27270 Variables controlling indentation style:
27271 `tcl-indent-level'
27272 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27273 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27274 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27276 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27277 documentation for details):
27278 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27279 Controls action of TAB key.
27280 `tcl-auto-newline'
27281 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27282 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27283 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27284 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27285 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27287 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27288 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27289 already exist.
27291 \(fn)" t nil)
27293 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27294 Run inferior Tcl process.
27295 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27296 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27298 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
27300 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27301 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27302 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27304 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27306 ;;;***
27308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (22150 28228 406072
27309 ;;;;;; 702000))
27310 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27312 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27313 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27314 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27315 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27317 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27318 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27319 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27320 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27321 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27323 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27325 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27326 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27327 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27328 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27330 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27332 ;;;***
27334 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (22385 2891 352651 984000))
27335 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27337 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27338 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27339 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27340 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27341 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27342 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27344 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27346 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27347 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27348 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27349 commands to use in that buffer.
27351 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27353 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27355 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27356 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27358 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27360 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27361 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27362 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27363 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27364 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27365 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27366 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27367 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27368 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27369 use in that buffer.
27370 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27372 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27374 ;;;***
27376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (22150
27377 ;;;;;; 28227 458072 702000))
27378 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27380 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27381 Start coverage on function under point.
27383 \(fn)" t nil)
27385 ;;;***
27387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (22189 64323 280321
27388 ;;;;;; 19000))
27389 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27390 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27392 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27393 Play the Tetris game.
27394 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27395 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27396 as to form complete rows.
27398 tetris-mode keybindings:
27399 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27400 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27401 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27402 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27403 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27404 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27405 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27406 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27407 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27409 \(fn)" t nil)
27411 ;;;***
27413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (22197 58438
27414 ;;;;;; 727460 447000))
27415 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27417 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27418 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27420 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27422 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27423 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27424 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27425 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27426 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27428 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27430 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27431 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27432 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27433 if it matches the first line of the file,
27434 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27436 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27438 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27439 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27440 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27441 if the variable is non-nil.")
27443 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27445 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27446 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27448 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27450 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27451 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27452 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27453 See the documentation of that variable.")
27455 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27457 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27458 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27459 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27460 See the documentation of that variable.")
27462 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27464 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27465 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27466 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27467 See the documentation of that variable.")
27469 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27471 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27472 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27473 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27474 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27475 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27477 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27479 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27480 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27481 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27482 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27484 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27486 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27487 User defined LaTeX block names.
27488 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27490 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27492 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27493 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27494 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27495 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27497 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27499 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27500 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27501 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27502 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27504 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27506 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27507 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27508 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27509 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27511 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27512 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27513 for example,
27515 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27516 \\='(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27518 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27519 use.")
27521 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27523 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27524 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27525 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27526 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27527 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27529 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27531 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27533 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27534 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27535 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27537 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27539 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27540 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27541 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27542 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27543 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27545 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27547 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27548 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27550 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27552 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27553 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27555 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27557 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27558 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27559 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27560 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27561 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27562 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27563 says which mode to use.
27565 \(fn)" t nil)
27567 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27569 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27571 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27573 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27574 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27575 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27576 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27577 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27579 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27580 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27581 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27582 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27583 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27584 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27585 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27587 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27588 mismatched $'s or braces.
27590 Special commands:
27591 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27593 Mode variables:
27594 tex-run-command
27595 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27596 tex-directory
27597 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27598 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27599 tex-dvi-print-command
27600 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27601 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27602 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27603 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27604 tex-dvi-view-command
27605 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27606 tex-show-queue-command
27607 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27608 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27610 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27611 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27612 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27614 \(fn)" t nil)
27616 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27617 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27618 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27619 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27620 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27622 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27623 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27624 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27625 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27626 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27627 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27628 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27630 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27631 mismatched $'s or braces.
27633 Special commands:
27634 \\{latex-mode-map}
27636 Mode variables:
27637 latex-run-command
27638 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27639 tex-directory
27640 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27641 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27642 tex-dvi-print-command
27643 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27644 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27645 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27646 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27647 tex-dvi-view-command
27648 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27649 tex-show-queue-command
27650 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27651 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27653 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27654 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27655 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27657 \(fn)" t nil)
27659 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27660 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27661 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27662 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27663 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27665 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27666 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27667 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27668 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27669 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27670 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27671 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27673 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27674 mismatched $'s or braces.
27676 Special commands:
27677 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27679 Mode variables:
27680 slitex-run-command
27681 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27682 tex-directory
27683 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27684 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27685 tex-dvi-print-command
27686 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27687 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27688 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27689 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27690 tex-dvi-view-command
27691 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27692 tex-show-queue-command
27693 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27694 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27696 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27697 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27698 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27699 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27701 \(fn)" t nil)
27703 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27706 \(fn)" nil nil)
27708 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27709 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27711 \(fn)" t nil)
27713 ;;;***
27715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (22197 58438
27716 ;;;;;; 759460 447000))
27717 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27719 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27720 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27721 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27722 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27724 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27725 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27726 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27728 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27730 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27731 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27732 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27733 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27734 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27736 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27738 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27739 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27740 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27741 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27743 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27744 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27745 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27746 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27748 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27749 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27751 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27753 ;;;***
27755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (22197 58438
27756 ;;;;;; 759460 447000))
27757 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27759 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27760 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27762 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27764 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27765 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27767 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27769 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27770 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27772 It has these extra commands:
27773 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27775 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27776 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27777 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27778 modified version of TeX input format.
27780 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27781 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27782 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27783 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27785 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27786 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27787 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27788 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27789 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27790 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27791 in the Texinfo file.
27793 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27794 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27795 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27796 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27797 move forward past the closing brace.
27799 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27800 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27802 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27803 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27804 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27806 Here are the functions:
27808 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27809 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27810 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27812 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27813 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27814 texinfo-master-menu
27816 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27818 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27819 which menu descriptions are indented.
27821 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27822 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27823 in the region.
27825 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27826 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27827 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27828 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27830 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27831 be the first node in the file.
27833 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27834 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27836 \(fn)" t nil)
27838 ;;;***
27840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (22150
27841 ;;;;;; 28228 198072 702000))
27842 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27844 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27845 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27846 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27847 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27849 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27851 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27852 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27854 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27856 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27857 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27859 \(fn)" t nil)
27861 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27864 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27866 ;;;***
27868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (22225 37858 570976
27869 ;;;;;; 240000))
27870 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27872 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27873 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27874 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27875 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27876 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27877 `line', and `page'.
27879 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27881 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27882 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27883 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27884 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27885 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27886 `line', and `page'.
27888 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27889 valid THING.
27891 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27892 positions of the thing found.
27894 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27896 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27897 Return the THING at point.
27898 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27899 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27900 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27901 `line', `number', and `page'.
27903 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27904 strip text properties from the return value.
27906 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27907 a symbol as a valid THING.
27909 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27911 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27912 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27914 \(fn)" nil nil)
27916 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27917 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27919 \(fn)" nil nil)
27921 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27922 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27924 \(fn)" nil nil)
27926 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27927 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27929 \(fn)" nil nil)
27931 ;;;***
27933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (22150 28229 198072 702000))
27934 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27936 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27937 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27939 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27941 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27942 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27943 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27944 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27946 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27948 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27949 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27951 \(fn)" t nil)
27953 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27954 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27956 \(fn)" t nil)
27958 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27960 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27961 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27963 \(fn)" t nil)
27965 ;;;***
27967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thunk" "emacs-lisp/thunk.el" (22150 28227
27968 ;;;;;; 458072 702000))
27969 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/thunk.el
27970 (push (purecopy '(thunk 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
27972 ;;;***
27974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (22150
27975 ;;;;;; 28228 198072 702000))
27976 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27978 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27979 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27980 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27982 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27984 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27985 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27987 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27989 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27990 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27991 The returned string has no composition information.
27993 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27995 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27996 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27998 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28000 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
28001 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28003 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28005 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28006 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28007 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28008 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28010 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28012 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28013 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28014 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28015 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28017 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28019 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28020 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28021 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28023 \(fn)" t nil)
28025 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28026 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28027 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28029 \(fn)" t nil)
28031 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28034 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28036 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28039 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28041 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28044 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28046 ;;;***
28048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (22165 43181
28049 ;;;;;; 139854 955000))
28050 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28051 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28053 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28054 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28055 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
28056 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28057 parameters.
28058 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28059 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
28060 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
28062 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
28064 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28065 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28066 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
28067 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28068 parameters.
28069 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28070 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
28071 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
28073 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
28075 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
28076 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
28079 * character before point is a space character,
28080 * character before that has \"w\" character syntax (i.e. it's a word
28081 constituent),
28082 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
28083 characters) from before the space character, and
28084 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
28085 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
28086 return t.
28088 Otherwise, if
28089 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
28090 * character before point is a space character, and
28091 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
28092 `tildify-space-string' variable,
28093 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
28095 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
28097 \(fn)" t nil)
28099 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
28100 Adds electric behavior to space character.
28102 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
28103 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
28104 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
28105 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
28107 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
28108 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
28109 variable will be set to the representation.
28111 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28113 ;;;***
28115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (22311 14139 302375 715000))
28116 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28118 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28119 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28121 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28122 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
28124 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28125 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28126 This display updates automatically every minute.
28127 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28128 are displayed as well.
28129 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28131 \(fn)" t nil)
28133 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28134 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28135 See the `display-time-mode' command
28136 for a description of this minor mode.
28137 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28138 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28139 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28141 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28143 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28144 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28145 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
28146 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28147 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
28149 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
28150 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
28151 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
28152 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
28153 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28155 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28157 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28158 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28159 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28160 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28162 \(fn)" t nil)
28164 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28165 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28166 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28167 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28169 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28171 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28172 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28174 \(fn)" t nil)
28176 ;;;***
28178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (22150
28179 ;;;;;; 28227 82072 702000))
28180 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28182 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28183 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28184 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
28186 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28187 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
28188 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
28189 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
28190 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
28191 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
28193 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28194 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
28196 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28198 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28199 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28201 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28203 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28204 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28205 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28207 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28209 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28210 (autoload 'time-add "time-date")
28211 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date")
28212 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date")
28214 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28215 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28216 DATE should be a date-time string.
28218 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28220 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28221 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28222 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28224 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28226 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28227 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28229 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28231 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28232 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28234 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28236 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28237 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28238 TIME should be a time value.
28239 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28241 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28243 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28244 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28245 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28247 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28249 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28250 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28251 The valid format specifiers are:
28252 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28253 %d is the number of days.
28254 %h is the number of hours.
28255 %m is the number of minutes.
28256 %s is the number of seconds.
28257 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28258 %% is a literal \"%\".
28260 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28261 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28263 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28264 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28265 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28267 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28268 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28269 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28271 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28273 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28275 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
28276 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
28278 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
28280 ;;;***
28282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (22212 25823 511089
28283 ;;;;;; 159000))
28284 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28285 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28286 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28287 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28288 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28289 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28290 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28291 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28292 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28294 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28295 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28296 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28297 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
28298 (add-hook \\='before-save-hook \\='time-stamp)
28299 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28300 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28301 look like one of the following:
28302 Time-stamp: <>
28303 Time-stamp: \" \"
28304 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28305 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28306 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28307 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28308 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28309 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28310 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28311 the template.
28313 \(fn)" t nil)
28315 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28316 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28317 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28321 ;;;***
28323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (22150
28324 ;;;;;; 28227 82072 702000))
28325 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28326 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28328 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
28329 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
28330 See the `timeclock-mode-line-display' command
28331 for a description of this minor mode.
28332 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28333 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28334 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
28336 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
28338 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
28339 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
28340 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28341 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
28342 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28343 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28344 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
28345 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
28346 display (non-nil means on).
28348 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28350 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28351 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28352 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28353 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28354 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28355 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28356 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28357 this function is called within a day.
28359 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28360 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28361 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28362 discover the name of the project.
28364 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28366 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28367 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28368 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28369 begun during the last time segment.
28371 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28372 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28373 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28374 discover the reason.
28376 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28378 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28379 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28380 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28381 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28382 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28384 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28386 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28387 Change to working on a different project.
28388 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28389 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28390 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28391 working on.
28393 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28395 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28396 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28397 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28399 \(fn)" nil nil)
28401 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28402 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28403 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28405 \(fn)" t nil)
28407 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28408 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28409 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28410 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28411 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28412 \"relative to today\".
28414 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28416 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28417 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28418 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28419 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28421 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28423 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28424 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28425 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28426 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28427 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28428 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28430 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28432 ;;;***
28434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
28435 ;;;;;; (22150 28228 134072 702000))
28436 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28438 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28439 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28440 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28441 the generated Quail package is saved.
28443 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28445 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28446 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28447 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28448 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28449 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28450 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28451 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28453 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28455 ;;;***
28457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (22295 25908 202516 451000))
28458 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28459 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28460 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28462 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28463 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28464 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28465 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28466 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28468 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
28469 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
28470 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
28472 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28474 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28475 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28476 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28477 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28478 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28480 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28482 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28483 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28484 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28485 in the menu in two ways:
28486 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28487 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28488 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28490 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28491 keymap or an alist of alists.
28492 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28493 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28495 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28497 ;;;***
28499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (22370
28500 ;;;;;; 35510 615919 592000))
28501 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28503 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28504 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
28506 When invoked in Todo mode, Todo Archive mode or Todo Filtered
28507 Items mode, or when invoked anywhere else with a prefix argument,
28508 prompt for which todo file to visit. When invoked outside of a
28509 Todo mode buffer without a prefix argument, visit
28510 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside of
28511 Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
28512 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
28513 file was last visited.
28515 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
28516 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
28517 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
28518 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
28519 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
28520 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
28521 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
28522 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
28523 for the first item.
28525 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
28526 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
28527 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
28528 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
28529 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
28530 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
28531 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
28532 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28534 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28535 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
28536 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28537 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28538 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28540 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28542 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28543 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28545 \\{todo-mode-map}
28547 \(fn)" t nil)
28549 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28550 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28552 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28554 \(fn)" t nil)
28556 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28557 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28559 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28561 \(fn)" t nil)
28563 ;;;***
28565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (22150 28229 202072
28566 ;;;;;; 702000))
28567 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28569 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28570 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28571 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28575 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28576 Add an item to the tool bar.
28577 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28578 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28579 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28580 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28582 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28583 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28584 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28585 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28587 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28588 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28590 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28592 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28593 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28594 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28595 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28596 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28597 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28599 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28600 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28601 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28602 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28604 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28606 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28607 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28608 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28609 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28610 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28611 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28612 properties to add to the binding.
28614 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28616 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28617 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28619 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28621 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28622 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28623 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28624 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28625 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28626 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28627 properties to add to the binding.
28629 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28630 holds a keymap.
28632 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28634 ;;;***
28636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (22150 28227 458072
28637 ;;;;;; 702000))
28638 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28640 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28641 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28642 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28643 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28644 to a tcp server on another machine.
28646 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28648 ;;;***
28650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (22150 28227
28651 ;;;;;; 458072 702000))
28652 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28654 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28655 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28657 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28659 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28660 Helper function to get internal values.
28661 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28663 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28665 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28666 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28667 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28668 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28670 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28671 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28672 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28673 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28674 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28676 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28677 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28678 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28679 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28681 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28683 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28685 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28686 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28687 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28688 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28690 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28692 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28694 ;;;***
28696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (22272 64438 268671
28697 ;;;;;; 103000))
28698 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28700 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28701 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28702 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28704 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28706 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28707 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28709 It can have the following values:
28711 `ftp' -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28712 `sep' -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28714 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28716 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28717 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28718 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28719 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28721 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28723 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28724 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28725 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28726 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28728 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28729 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28730 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28731 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28732 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28733 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28734 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28735 files which are not really Tramp files.
28737 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28738 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28739 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28740 updated after changing this variable.
28742 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28744 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28745 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28746 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28747 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28749 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28751 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28752 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28753 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28754 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28756 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28757 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28758 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28760 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28761 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28762 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28763 updated after changing this variable.
28765 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28767 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28768 Alist of completion handler functions.
28769 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28770 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28771 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28773 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28774 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28775 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28776 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28778 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28779 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28780 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28782 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28783 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory "/")) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28785 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28786 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28788 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28790 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28793 \(fn)" nil nil)
28795 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28796 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28798 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28800 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28801 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28803 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28805 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28806 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28808 \(fn)" t nil)
28810 ;;;***
28812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (22150 28228
28813 ;;;;;; 410072 702000))
28814 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28816 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28819 \(fn)" nil nil)
28821 ;;;***
28823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trampver" "net/trampver.el" (22150 28228 442072
28824 ;;;;;; 702000))
28825 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/trampver.el
28826 (push (purecopy '(tramp 2 2 13 25 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28828 ;;;***
28830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (22150 28229 206072
28831 ;;;;;; 702000))
28832 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28834 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28835 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28836 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28837 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28838 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28839 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28840 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28841 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28843 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28844 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28845 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28847 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28848 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28849 resumed later.
28851 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28853 ;;;***
28855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (22086 11929
28856 ;;;;;; 906062 731000))
28857 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28859 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28862 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28864 ;;;***
28866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (22150
28867 ;;;;;; 28229 198072 702000))
28868 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28869 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28870 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28871 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28873 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28874 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28875 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28876 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28877 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28878 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28879 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28881 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28883 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28884 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28885 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28886 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28888 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28890 \(fn)" t nil)
28892 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28893 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28894 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28895 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28896 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28897 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28898 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28900 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28901 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28903 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28904 \\___/\\
28905 / \\
28906 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28908 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28910 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28912 ;;;***
28914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (22189 64323 316321
28915 ;;;;;; 19000))
28916 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28918 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28919 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28920 See the `type-break-mode' command
28921 for a description of this minor mode.
28922 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28923 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28924 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28926 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28928 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28929 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28930 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28932 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28933 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28934 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28935 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28936 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28937 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28938 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28940 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28941 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28943 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28944 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28945 reset the keystroke counter.
28947 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28948 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28949 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28950 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28952 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28953 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28954 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28955 `type-break-schedule' command.
28957 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28958 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28959 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28960 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28961 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28962 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28963 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28964 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28965 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28967 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28968 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28969 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28970 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28971 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28973 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28974 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28975 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28976 approximate good values for this.
28978 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28979 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28981 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28982 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28983 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28984 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28985 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28986 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28988 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28989 a typing break occur. They include:
28991 `type-break-query-mode'
28992 `type-break-query-function'
28993 `type-break-query-interval'
28995 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28997 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28998 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28999 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
29000 problems.
29002 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29004 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
29005 Take a typing break.
29007 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
29008 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29010 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29011 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29013 \(fn)" t nil)
29015 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29016 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29017 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29018 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29020 \(fn)" t nil)
29022 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29023 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29025 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29026 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29027 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29028 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29029 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29030 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29031 average typing speed.)
29033 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29034 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29035 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29036 the computed maximum threshold.
29038 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29039 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29040 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29041 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29042 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29044 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29046 ;;;***
29048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (22150 28228 258072 702000))
29049 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
29051 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
29052 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
29053 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
29054 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
29055 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
29057 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
29059 ;;;***
29061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
29062 ;;;;;; (22150 28228 134072 702000))
29063 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
29065 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29066 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
29068 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29070 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29071 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
29073 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29075 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29076 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
29078 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29080 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29081 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
29083 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29085 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29086 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
29088 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29090 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29091 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
29093 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29095 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29096 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
29098 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29100 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29101 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
29103 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29105 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29106 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29108 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29110 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29111 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29113 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29115 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29116 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29118 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29120 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29121 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29123 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29125 ;;;***
29127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (22150
29128 ;;;;;; 28229 198072 702000))
29129 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29131 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29132 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29133 Works by overstriking underscores.
29134 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29135 which specify the range to operate on.
29137 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29139 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29140 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29141 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29142 which specify the range to operate on.
29144 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29146 ;;;***
29148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (22150 28228 258072
29149 ;;;;;; 702000))
29150 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29152 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29153 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
29154 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
29155 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29156 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29157 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29159 \(fn)" nil nil)
29161 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29162 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
29163 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
29165 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29167 ;;;***
29169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (22150 28227
29170 ;;;;;; 458072 702000))
29171 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29173 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29174 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29175 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29176 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29178 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29180 ;;;***
29182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (22311 14139 302375 715000))
29183 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29185 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29186 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29187 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
29188 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
29189 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
29191 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29192 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29193 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29194 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
29195 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
29196 occurred. Each pair is one of:
29198 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29199 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29200 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29202 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29203 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29204 the callback is not called).
29206 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29207 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29208 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29209 take effect.
29211 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
29212 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
29213 the server.
29214 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
29215 URL-encoded before it's used.
29217 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29219 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29220 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29221 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29222 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29223 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29224 If SILENT is non-nil, don't display progress reports and similar messages.
29225 If INHIBIT-COOKIES is non-nil, cookies will neither be stored nor sent
29226 to the server.
29228 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29230 ;;;***
29232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (22150 28229 210072
29233 ;;;;;; 702000))
29234 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29236 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29237 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29238 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29240 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29241 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29242 `url-generic-parse-url'
29243 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29244 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol `any' to
29245 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29246 realm
29247 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29248 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol `any'
29249 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting `any'
29250 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29251 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29252 what type of auth to use
29253 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29254 if one cannot be found in the cache
29256 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29258 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29259 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29261 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29262 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29263 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29264 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29265 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29266 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29267 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29268 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29270 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29272 ;;;***
29274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (22150 28229
29275 ;;;;;; 210072 702000))
29276 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29278 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29279 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29281 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29283 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29284 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29285 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
29287 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29289 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29290 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29292 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29294 ;;;***
29296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (22150 28229 210072
29297 ;;;;;; 702000))
29298 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29300 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29303 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29305 ;;;***
29307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (22150 28229 214072
29308 ;;;;;; 702000))
29309 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29311 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29312 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
29313 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
29315 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29317 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
29318 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
29319 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
29320 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
29322 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
29323 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
29324 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
29325 though.
29327 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
29329 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
29330 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
29331 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
29333 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
29335 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29338 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29340 ;;;***
29342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (22150 28229 214072
29343 ;;;;;; 702000))
29344 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29346 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29347 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29349 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29351 ;;;***
29353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (22150 28229 218072
29354 ;;;;;; 702000))
29355 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29357 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29358 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29360 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
29362 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29363 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29364 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29365 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29366 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29368 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
29369 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
29371 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
29373 ;;;***
29375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (22150
29376 ;;;;;; 28229 218072 702000))
29377 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29379 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29380 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29381 See the `url-handler-mode' command
29382 for a description of this minor mode.
29383 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29384 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29385 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29387 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29389 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29390 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
29391 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
29392 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29393 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29395 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29397 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29398 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29399 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29400 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29402 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29404 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29405 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29406 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29407 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29408 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29409 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29410 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29411 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29412 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29413 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29415 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29417 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29418 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29419 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29420 accessible.
29422 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29424 (autoload 'url-insert-buffer-contents "url-handlers" "\
29425 Insert the contents of BUFFER into current buffer.
29426 This is like `url-insert', but also decodes the current buffer as
29427 if it had been inserted from a file named URL.
29429 \(fn BUFFER URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29431 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29434 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29436 ;;;***
29438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (22379 50488 784292
29439 ;;;;;; 360000))
29440 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29441 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29443 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29444 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29445 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29446 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29447 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29449 ;;;***
29451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (22150 28229 222072
29452 ;;;;;; 702000))
29453 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29455 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29458 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29460 ;;;***
29462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (22150 28229 222072
29463 ;;;;;; 702000))
29464 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29466 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29467 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29468 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29469 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29470 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29472 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29474 ;;;***
29476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (22150 28229
29477 ;;;;;; 222072 702000))
29478 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29480 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29483 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29485 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29486 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29488 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29490 ;;;***
29492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (22150 28229 222072
29493 ;;;;;; 702000))
29494 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29496 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29497 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29499 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29501 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29502 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29504 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29506 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29509 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29511 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29513 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29515 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29517 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29518 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29520 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29522 ;;;***
29524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (22150 28229 222072
29525 ;;;;;; 702000))
29526 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29528 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29531 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29533 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29536 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29538 ;;;***
29540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (22150 28229 222072
29541 ;;;;;; 702000))
29542 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29544 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29547 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29549 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29552 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29554 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29557 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29559 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29562 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29564 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29567 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29569 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29572 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29574 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29577 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29579 ;;;***
29581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (22150 28229
29582 ;;;;;; 222072 702000))
29583 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29585 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29586 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29588 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29590 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29591 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29592 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29594 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29595 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29596 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29597 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29598 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29599 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29600 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29601 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29602 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29603 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29604 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29605 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29606 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29607 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29609 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29610 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29611 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29613 Here is an example. The URL
29615 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29617 parses to
29619 TYPE = \"foo\"
29620 USER = \"bob\"
29621 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29622 HOST = \"example.com\"
29623 PORTSPEC = 42
29624 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29625 TARGET = \"nose\"
29626 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29627 FULLNESS = t
29629 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29631 ;;;***
29633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (22150 28229
29634 ;;;;;; 222072 702000))
29635 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29637 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29638 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29640 \(fn)" t nil)
29642 ;;;***
29644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (22150 28229
29645 ;;;;;; 226072 702000))
29646 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29648 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29649 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29650 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29651 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29652 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29653 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29655 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29657 ;;;***
29659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (22165 43181
29660 ;;;;;; 143854 955000))
29661 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29663 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29664 List of URL protocols for which the work is handled by Tramp.
29665 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29667 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29669 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29670 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29671 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29672 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29674 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29676 ;;;***
29678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (22150 28229 234072
29679 ;;;;;; 702000))
29680 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29682 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29683 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29684 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29686 If t, all messages will be logged.
29687 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29688 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29690 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29692 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29695 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29697 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29700 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29702 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29703 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29704 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29705 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29706 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29707 & ==> &amp;
29708 < ==> &lt;
29709 > ==> &gt;
29710 \" ==> &quot;
29712 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29714 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29715 Return a \"normalized\" version of URL.
29716 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29718 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29720 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29721 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29722 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29724 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29726 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29727 Return a date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29729 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29731 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29732 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29734 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29736 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29737 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29739 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29741 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29744 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29746 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29749 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29751 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29753 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29754 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29756 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29758 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29759 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29761 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29763 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29766 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29768 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29769 Build a query-string.
29771 Given a QUERY in the form:
29772 ((key1 val1)
29773 (key2 val2)
29774 (key3 val1 val2)
29775 (key4)
29776 (key5 \"\"))
29778 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29780 This will return a string
29781 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29782 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29783 be used.
29785 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29787 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29788 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29790 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29792 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29793 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29794 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29795 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29796 forbidden in URL encoding.
29798 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29800 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29801 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29802 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29803 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29804 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29805 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29807 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29808 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29809 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29810 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29812 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29814 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29815 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29816 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29817 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29818 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29819 should return it unchanged.
29821 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29823 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29824 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29825 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29826 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29828 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29830 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29831 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29832 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29834 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29836 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29837 View the current document's URL.
29838 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29839 the minibuffer.
29841 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29843 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29845 ;;;***
29847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (22150 28229 234072
29848 ;;;;;; 702000))
29849 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29851 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29852 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29853 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29854 do (signal \\='file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29855 to refrain from editing the file
29856 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29857 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29858 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29859 in any way you like.
29861 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29863 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29864 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29865 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29866 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal \\='file-supersession (file)),
29867 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29869 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29870 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29872 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29874 ;;;***
29876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (22150 28228
29877 ;;;;;; 134072 702000))
29878 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29880 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29883 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29885 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29888 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29890 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29893 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29895 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29898 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29900 ;;;***
29902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (22150 28228 26072 702000))
29903 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29905 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29906 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29908 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29910 ;;;***
29912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (22150 28228
29913 ;;;;;; 258072 702000))
29914 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29916 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29917 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29918 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29919 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29921 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29923 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29924 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29925 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29927 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29929 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29930 Uudecode region between START and END.
29931 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29933 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29935 ;;;***
29937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (22341 35254 403552 371000))
29938 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29940 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29941 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29942 See `run-hooks'.")
29944 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29946 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29947 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29948 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29950 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29952 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29953 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29954 See `run-hooks'.")
29956 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29958 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
29959 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
29961 If FILE is already registered, return the
29962 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
29963 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
29964 responsible for FILE is returned.
29966 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29968 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29969 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29970 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29971 same state. If not, signal an error.
29973 For merging-based version control systems:
29974 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29975 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29976 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29977 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29978 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29979 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29981 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29982 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29983 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29984 the file(s) for editing.
29985 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29986 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
29987 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29988 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29989 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29991 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29993 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29994 Register into a version control system.
29995 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29996 Otherwise register the current file.
29997 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29999 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
30000 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
30001 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
30002 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
30003 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
30004 first backend that could register the file is used.
30006 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
30008 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
30009 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
30011 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30013 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
30014 Display diffs between file revisions.
30015 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30016 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30017 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30019 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30020 saving the buffer.
30022 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30024 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
30025 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
30026 repository history using ediff.
30028 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30030 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
30031 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
30032 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30033 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30034 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30036 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30037 saving the buffer.
30039 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30041 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
30042 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
30043 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
30044 fileset with the working revision.
30045 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
30046 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30048 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30049 saving the buffer.
30051 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30053 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
30054 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
30055 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
30057 \(fn)" nil nil)
30059 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
30060 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
30061 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
30062 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
30064 \(fn REV)" t nil)
30066 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
30067 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
30068 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
30069 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
30071 \(fn)" t nil)
30073 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
30074 Perform a version control merge operation.
30075 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30076 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
30077 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
30078 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
30080 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
30081 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
30082 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
30083 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30084 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
30085 changes from the current branch.
30087 \(fn)" t nil)
30089 (autoload 'vc-message-unresolved-conflicts "vc" "\
30090 Display a message indicating unresolved conflicts in FILENAME.
30092 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
30094 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30096 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
30097 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
30098 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30099 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30100 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
30101 checked out in that new branch.
30103 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30105 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
30106 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
30107 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
30108 named branch in the directory DIR.
30109 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
30110 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
30111 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
30112 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30113 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30114 allowed and simply skipped).
30116 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30118 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30119 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30120 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
30121 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30122 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30124 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
30125 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
30127 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
30129 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
30130 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
30131 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30132 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30133 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
30135 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
30137 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
30138 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
30139 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30141 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30143 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
30144 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
30145 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30147 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30149 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
30150 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
30152 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30154 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30155 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30156 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30157 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30159 \(fn)" t nil)
30161 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30163 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
30164 Update the current fileset or branch.
30165 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30166 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
30167 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
30168 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt for the VCS
30169 command to run.
30171 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
30172 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
30173 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
30174 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
30175 tip revision are merged into the working file.
30177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30179 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
30181 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
30182 Push the current branch.
30183 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30184 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"push\"
30185 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
30186 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt for the
30187 VCS command to run.
30189 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
30190 It also signals an error in a Bazaar bound branch.
30192 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30194 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30195 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30196 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30197 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30198 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30199 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30200 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30202 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30204 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30205 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30206 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30207 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30208 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30209 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30210 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30211 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30212 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30214 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30216 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
30217 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
30218 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
30219 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
30221 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30223 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30224 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
30225 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
30226 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
30228 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30230 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30231 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30232 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30233 directory.
30235 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30237 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30238 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30239 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30241 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30242 log entries should be gathered.
30244 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30246 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30247 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30249 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30251 ;;;***
30253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (22271 43574
30254 ;;;;;; 247751 139000))
30255 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
30257 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30258 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
30260 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30261 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30262 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30263 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30264 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30265 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30267 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30268 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
30269 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30270 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30271 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30272 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30273 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30274 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30276 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30278 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
30280 Customization variables:
30282 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30283 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30284 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30285 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30286 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
30287 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
30289 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
30291 ;;;***
30293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (22150 28229 290072
30294 ;;;;;; 702000))
30295 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
30297 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30298 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30300 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
30301 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
30302 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30303 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30304 (progn
30305 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
30306 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30308 ;;;***
30310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (22341 35254 355552
30311 ;;;;;; 371000))
30312 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
30313 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30314 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
30315 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30316 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30317 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
30318 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30320 ;;;***
30322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (22150 28229 294072
30323 ;;;;;; 702000))
30324 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
30326 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30327 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30328 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30329 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30330 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30332 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30333 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30334 The file lines appear later.
30336 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30337 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30339 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30341 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
30343 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30345 ;;;***
30347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (22150
30348 ;;;;;; 28229 294072 702000))
30349 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
30351 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30352 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30353 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30354 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30355 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30356 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30357 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30358 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30359 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30360 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30361 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30362 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30363 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30364 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
30365 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
30367 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30369 ;;;***
30371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (22378 29657 417306
30372 ;;;;;; 7000))
30373 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
30374 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30375 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30376 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
30377 (progn
30378 (load "vc-git" nil t)
30379 (vc-git-registered file))))
30381 ;;;***
30383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (22188 43494 205543 203000))
30384 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
30385 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30386 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30387 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30388 (progn
30389 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
30390 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30392 ;;;***
30394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (22188 43494 205543
30395 ;;;;;; 203000))
30396 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
30398 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
30399 Name of the monotone directory.")
30401 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
30402 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
30403 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30404 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30405 (progn
30406 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
30407 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30409 ;;;***
30411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (22150 28229 302072
30412 ;;;;;; 702000))
30413 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30415 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30416 Where to look for RCS master files.
30417 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30419 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30421 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30423 ;;;***
30425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (22150 28229 302072
30426 ;;;;;; 702000))
30427 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30429 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30430 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30431 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30433 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30435 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30437 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
30438 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30439 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30440 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30442 ;;;***
30444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (22150 28229 302072
30445 ;;;;;; 702000))
30446 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
30448 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
30449 Where to look for SRC master files.
30450 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30452 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
30454 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
30456 ;;;***
30458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (22150 28229 302072
30459 ;;;;;; 702000))
30460 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30461 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30462 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30463 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30464 "_svn")
30465 (t ".svn"))))
30466 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30467 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
30468 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30470 ;;;***
30472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (22197
30473 ;;;;;; 58438 563460 447000))
30474 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30475 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
30476 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30478 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30479 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30481 Usage:
30482 ------
30484 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30485 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30486 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30487 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30489 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30490 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30491 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30492 completions.
30494 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30495 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30497 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30498 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30500 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30501 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30502 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30504 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30507 Maintenance:
30508 ------------
30510 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30511 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30513 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30515 Official distribution is at
30516 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30519 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30520 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30522 Key bindings:
30523 -------------
30525 \\{vera-mode-map}
30527 \(fn)" t nil)
30529 ;;;***
30531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30532 ;;;;;; (22197 58438 615460 447000))
30533 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30535 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30536 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30537 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30538 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30539 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30541 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30543 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30544 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30546 Supports highlighting.
30548 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30549 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30551 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30553 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30554 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30555 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30556 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30557 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30558 on the left side of your screen.
30559 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30560 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30561 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30562 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30563 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30564 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30565 function keyword.
30566 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30567 Indentation of \\=`ifdef/\\=`endif blocks.
30568 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30569 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30570 if (a)
30571 begin
30572 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30573 Indentation for case statements.
30574 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30575 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30576 mark after an end.
30577 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30578 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30579 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30580 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30581 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30582 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30583 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30584 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30585 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30586 if (a)
30587 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30588 otherwise you get:
30589 if (a)
30590 begin
30591 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30592 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30593 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30594 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30595 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30596 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30597 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30598 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30599 comments in tight quarters.
30600 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `declarations')
30601 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30603 Variables controlling other actions:
30605 `verilog-linter' (default `surelint')
30606 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30607 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30609 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30611 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30613 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30614 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30615 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30617 Some other functions are:
30619 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30620 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30621 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30622 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30623 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30625 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30626 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30627 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30628 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30630 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30631 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30632 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30633 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30634 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30635 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30636 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30637 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30638 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30639 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30640 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30641 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30642 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30643 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30644 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30645 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30646 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30647 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30648 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30649 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30650 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30651 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30652 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30653 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30654 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30655 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30656 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30657 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30658 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30659 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30660 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30662 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30663 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30665 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30667 \(fn)" t nil)
30669 ;;;***
30671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (22358
30672 ;;;;;; 44341 478310 895000))
30673 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30675 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30676 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30678 Usage:
30679 ------
30681 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30682 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30683 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30684 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30685 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30686 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30687 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30688 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30689 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30691 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30692 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30693 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30694 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30696 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30697 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30698 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30699 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30700 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30702 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30703 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30706 HEADER INSERTION:
30707 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30708 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30709 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30712 STUTTERING:
30713 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30714 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30715 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30716 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30718 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30719 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30720 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30721 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30722 == --> \" == \" \\='\\=' --> \\\"
30725 WORD COMPLETION:
30726 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30727 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30728 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30729 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30731 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30732 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30733 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30734 (e.g., type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30735 beginning with \"std\").
30737 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30738 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30739 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30740 stop.
30743 COMMENTS:
30744 `--' puts a single comment.
30745 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30746 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30747 with a comment in between.
30748 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30749 out following lines.
30750 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30751 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30752 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30753 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30755 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30756 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30757 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30758 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30759 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30760 non-nil.
30762 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30763 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30764 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30765 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30766 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30767 multi-line comments.
30770 INDENTATION:
30771 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30772 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30773 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30774 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30775 the entire region.
30777 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30778 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30779 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30780 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30782 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30783 tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow the conversion of spaces to
30784 tabs and vice versa.
30786 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30787 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30789 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30790 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30791 line.
30794 ALIGNMENT:
30795 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30796 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30797 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30798 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30799 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30800 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30801 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30802 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30804 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30805 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30806 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30807 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30808 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30809 is non-nil.
30811 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30812 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30813 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30815 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30816 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30819 CODE FILLING:
30820 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30821 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30822 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30823 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30824 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30825 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30828 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30829 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30830 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30831 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30832 command:
30834 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30837 PORT TRANSLATION:
30838 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30839 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30840 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30841 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30842 internal signal initializations (menu).
30844 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30845 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30846 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30848 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30849 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30850 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30851 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30852 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30853 in subsequent paste operations.)
30855 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30856 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30857 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30860 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30861 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30862 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30863 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30864 association list with formals).
30867 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30868 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30869 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30870 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30871 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30872 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30873 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30874 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30875 `vhdl-testbench'.
30878 KEY BINDINGS:
30879 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30882 VHDL MENU:
30883 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30886 FILE BROWSER:
30887 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30888 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30889 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30891 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30892 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30895 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30896 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30897 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30898 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30900 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30901 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30902 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30904 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30905 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30906 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30907 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30909 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30910 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30911 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30912 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30913 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30915 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30916 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30917 required by secondary units.
30920 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30921 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30922 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30923 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30924 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30925 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30926 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30927 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30928 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30929 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30930 inputs to this component -> input port created
30931 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30932 outputs from this component -> output port created
30933 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30934 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30936 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30937 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30938 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30939 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30940 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30942 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30943 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30945 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30946 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30947 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30948 component instantiation is also supported (option
30949 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30951 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30952 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30953 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30954 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30955 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30956 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30957 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30958 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30959 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30960 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30961 generating the configuration.
30963 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30964 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30965 configurations in speedbar.
30967 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30970 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30971 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30972 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30973 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30974 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30975 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30976 information. New compilers can be added.
30978 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30979 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30982 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30983 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30984 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30985 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30986 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30988 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30989 command:
30991 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30992 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30993 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30995 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30996 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30997 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30998 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30999 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
31000 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
31001 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
31002 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
31003 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
31005 Limitations:
31006 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
31007 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
31008 not (yet) supported.
31009 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
31010 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
31011 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
31014 PROJECTS:
31015 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
31016 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
31017 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
31018 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
31019 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
31020 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
31021 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
31022 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31024 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
31025 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
31026 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
31027 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
31028 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
31029 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
31030 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
31031 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
31032 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
31033 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
31034 `vhdl-project-alist'.
31037 SPECIAL MENUES:
31038 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
31039 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
31040 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key [S-down-mouse-3] \\='imenu)\" to your start-up
31041 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
31042 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
31043 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
31044 current directory for VHDL source files.
31047 VHDL STANDARDS:
31048 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
31049 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
31052 KEYWORD CASE:
31053 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
31054 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
31055 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
31056 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
31057 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
31058 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
31059 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
31060 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
31063 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
31064 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
31065 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
31066 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
31067 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
31068 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
31069 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
31071 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
31072 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
31073 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
31074 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
31075 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
31076 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
31078 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
31079 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
31080 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
31081 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
31082 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
31083 visually.
31085 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
31086 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
31087 highlighted if written in lower case.
31089 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
31090 highlighted using a different background color if option
31091 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
31093 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
31094 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`\\[customize-group]'). For
31095 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
31096 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
31097 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
31100 USER MODELS:
31101 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
31102 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
31103 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
31106 HIDE/SHOW:
31107 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
31108 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
31109 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
31110 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
31111 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
31114 CODE UPDATING:
31115 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
31116 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
31117 Limitations:
31118 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
31119 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
31120 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
31121 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
31122 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
31123 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
31124 (used to obtain the port names).
31125 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
31126 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
31127 sensitivity lists.
31130 CODE FIXING:
31131 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
31132 (e.g., if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
31135 PRINTING:
31136 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
31137 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
31138 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
31139 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
31140 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
31141 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
31142 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
31143 printers.
31146 OPTIONS:
31147 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
31148 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
31149 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
31150 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
31151 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
31153 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31154 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `\\[customize-option]'
31155 (`\\[customize-group]' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31156 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31157 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31158 INSTALL file).
31160 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31161 what other useful user options there are (`\\[vhdl-customize]' or menu)!
31164 FILE EXTENSIONS:
31165 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31166 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31167 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31169 (push \\='(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\\\='\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
31172 HINTS:
31173 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31174 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31176 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31178 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31180 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31183 RELEASE NOTES:
31184 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31187 Maintenance:
31188 ------------
31190 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
31191 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31193 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31195 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31196 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31197 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31198 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31200 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31201 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
31202 where the latest version can be found.
31205 Known problems:
31206 ---------------
31208 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31209 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31210 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
31211 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
31214 The VHDL Mode Authors
31215 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31217 Key bindings:
31218 -------------
31220 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
31222 \(fn)" t nil)
31224 ;;;***
31226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (22150
31227 ;;;;;; 28228 198072 702000))
31228 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31230 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31231 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31233 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31235 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31236 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31237 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31238 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31240 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31242 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31243 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31245 \(fn)" t nil)
31247 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31248 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31249 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31250 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31252 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31254 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31255 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31257 \(fn)" t nil)
31259 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31262 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31264 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31267 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31269 ;;;***
31271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (22358 44341 542310 895000))
31272 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31274 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31275 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31276 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31278 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31280 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31281 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31282 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31283 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31285 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31287 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31288 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31290 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31292 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31293 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31294 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31295 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31296 moving around in the buffer.
31297 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31298 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31300 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31302 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31304 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31305 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31306 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31307 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31309 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31310 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31311 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31312 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31313 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31315 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31317 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31319 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31320 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31321 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31322 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31323 buffer.
31325 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31326 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31327 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31328 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31329 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31331 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31333 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31335 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31336 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31337 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31338 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31339 moving around in the buffer.
31340 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31341 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31343 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31345 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31346 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31347 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31349 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31350 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31351 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31352 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31354 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31355 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31356 own View-like bindings.
31358 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31360 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31361 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31362 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31363 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31364 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31365 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31366 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31368 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31370 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31372 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31373 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31374 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31376 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31377 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31378 own View-like bindings.
31380 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31382 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31383 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31384 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31385 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31386 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31387 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31388 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31390 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31392 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31394 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31395 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31396 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31398 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31399 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31400 own View-like bindings.
31402 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31404 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31405 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31406 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
31407 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
31408 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31410 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
31411 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
31412 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
31413 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
31415 \\<view-mode-map>
31417 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
31418 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
31419 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
31420 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
31421 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
31422 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
31423 to a repeat count of one.
31425 H, h, ? This message.
31426 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31427 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31428 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31429 > move to the end of buffer.
31430 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31431 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31432 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31433 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31434 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31435 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31436 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31437 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31438 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31439 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31440 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31441 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31442 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31443 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31444 Use this to view a changing file.
31445 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31446 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31447 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31448 . set the mark.
31449 x exchanges point and mark.
31450 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31451 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31452 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31453 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31454 \\=' go to position saved in character register.
31455 s do forward incremental search.
31456 r do reverse incremental search.
31457 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31458 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31459 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31460 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31461 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31462 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31463 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31464 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31465 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31466 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31467 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31468 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31469 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31470 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31471 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31472 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31473 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31475 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31476 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31477 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31478 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31479 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31480 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31481 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31482 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31483 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31485 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31487 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31489 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31490 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31491 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31492 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31493 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31494 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31495 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31496 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31497 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31499 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31501 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31503 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31504 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31505 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31506 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31507 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31508 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31510 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31511 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31512 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31514 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31516 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31518 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31520 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31521 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31523 \(fn)" t nil)
31525 ;;;***
31527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (22150 28227 478072
31528 ;;;;;; 702000))
31529 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31530 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31532 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31533 Toggle Viper on/off.
31534 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31536 \(fn)" t nil)
31538 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31539 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31541 \(fn)" t nil)
31543 ;;;***
31545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (22150
31546 ;;;;;; 28227 458072 702000))
31547 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31549 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31550 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31551 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31552 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31553 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31554 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31555 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31556 the beginning of the warning.")
31558 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31559 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31560 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31561 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31562 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31563 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31564 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31565 also call that function before the next warning.")
31567 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31568 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31570 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31571 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31572 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31573 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31575 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31576 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31577 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31578 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31579 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31580 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31582 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31583 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31584 Default is :warning.
31586 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31587 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31588 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31589 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31590 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31591 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31593 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31594 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31595 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31597 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31599 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31600 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31602 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31604 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31605 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31606 \\<special-mode-map>
31607 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31608 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31610 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31611 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31612 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31613 can be whatever you like.)
31615 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31616 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31618 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31619 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31620 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31621 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31622 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31624 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31626 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31627 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31628 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31629 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31630 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31632 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31634 ;;;***
31636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (22240 5212 92626 379000))
31637 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31638 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31640 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31641 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31642 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31643 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31644 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31645 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31646 directories to reflect your edits.
31648 See `wdired-mode'.
31650 \(fn)" t nil)
31652 ;;;***
31654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (22150 28228 442072
31655 ;;;;;; 702000))
31656 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31658 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31659 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31661 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31662 hotlist.
31664 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31665 <nwv@acm.org>.
31667 \(fn)" t nil)
31669 ;;;***
31671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (22150
31672 ;;;;;; 28228 986072 702000))
31673 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31674 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31675 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31677 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31679 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31680 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31681 See the `which-function-mode' command
31682 for a description of this minor mode.
31683 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31684 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31685 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31687 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31689 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31690 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31691 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31692 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31693 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31695 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31696 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31697 in certain major modes.
31699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31701 ;;;***
31703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (22311 14139 310375
31704 ;;;;;; 715000))
31705 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31706 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31708 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31709 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31710 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31711 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31712 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31714 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31715 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31719 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31720 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31721 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31722 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31723 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31725 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31726 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31727 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31728 use `whitespace-mode'.
31730 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31734 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31735 Non-nil if Global Whitespace mode is enabled.
31736 See the `global-whitespace-mode' command
31737 for a description of this minor mode.
31738 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31739 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31740 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31742 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31744 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31745 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31746 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31747 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31748 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31750 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31751 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31753 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31755 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31756 Non-nil if Global Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31757 See the `global-whitespace-newline-mode' command
31758 for a description of this minor mode.
31759 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31760 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31761 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31763 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31765 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31766 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31767 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31768 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31769 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31771 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31772 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31773 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31774 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31776 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31780 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31781 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31783 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31784 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31786 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31787 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31789 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31791 CHAR MEANING
31792 (VIA FACES)
31793 f toggle face visualization
31794 t toggle TAB visualization
31795 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31796 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31797 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31798 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31799 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31800 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31801 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31802 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31803 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31804 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31805 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31806 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31807 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31808 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31809 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31810 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31812 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31813 T toggle TAB visualization
31814 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31815 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31817 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31818 ? display brief help
31820 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31821 The valid symbols are:
31823 face toggle face visualization
31824 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31825 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31826 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31827 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31828 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31829 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31830 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31831 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31832 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31833 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31834 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31835 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31836 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31837 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31838 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31839 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31840 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31842 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31843 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31844 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31846 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31848 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31850 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31852 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31853 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31855 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31856 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31858 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31859 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31861 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31863 CHAR MEANING
31864 (VIA FACES)
31865 f toggle face visualization
31866 t toggle TAB visualization
31867 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31868 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31869 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31870 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31871 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31872 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31873 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31874 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31875 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31876 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31877 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31878 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31879 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31880 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31881 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31882 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31884 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31885 T toggle TAB visualization
31886 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31887 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31889 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31890 ? display brief help
31892 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31893 The valid symbols are:
31895 face toggle face visualization
31896 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31897 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31898 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31899 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31900 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31901 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31902 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31903 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31904 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31905 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31906 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31907 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31908 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31909 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31910 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31911 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31912 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31914 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31915 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31916 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31918 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31920 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31922 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31924 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31925 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31927 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31928 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31929 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31930 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31931 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31933 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31935 The problems cleaned up are:
31937 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31938 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31939 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31940 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31942 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31943 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31944 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31945 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31946 SPACEs.
31947 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31948 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31949 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31950 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31952 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31953 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31954 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31955 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31956 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31957 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31958 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31959 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31961 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31962 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31963 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31965 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31966 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31967 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31968 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31969 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31970 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31971 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31972 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31974 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31975 documentation.
31977 \(fn)" t nil)
31979 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31980 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31982 The problems cleaned up are:
31984 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31985 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31986 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31987 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31988 SPACEs.
31989 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31990 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31991 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31992 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31994 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31995 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31996 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31997 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31998 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31999 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32000 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32001 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32003 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32004 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32005 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32007 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32008 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32009 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32010 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32011 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32012 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32013 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32014 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32016 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32017 documentation.
32019 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32021 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
32022 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
32024 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
32026 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32028 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
32029 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
32031 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32032 non-nil.
32034 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32035 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
32036 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
32038 empty
32039 trailing
32040 indentation
32041 space-before-tab
32042 space-after-tab
32044 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
32045 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
32046 report problems.
32048 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32050 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32051 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32052 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32053 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32054 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32055 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32056 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32058 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32059 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32060 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32061 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32062 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32063 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32064 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32066 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32067 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32068 cleaning up these problems.
32070 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32072 ;;;***
32074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (22150 28229 326072
32075 ;;;;;; 702000))
32076 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
32078 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
32079 Browse the widget under point.
32081 \(fn POS)" t nil)
32083 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
32084 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
32086 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
32088 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
32089 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
32091 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
32093 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
32094 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
32095 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
32096 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
32097 if ARG is omitted or nil.
32099 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32101 ;;;***
32103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (22150 28229 330072
32104 ;;;;;; 702000))
32105 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
32107 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
32108 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
32110 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32112 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32113 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32114 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32116 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32118 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32119 Create widget of TYPE.
32120 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32122 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32124 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32125 Delete WIDGET.
32127 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32129 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32130 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32132 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32134 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32135 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32136 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
32137 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
32139 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32140 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32142 \(fn)" nil nil)
32144 ;;;***
32146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (22150 28229 330072
32147 ;;;;;; 702000))
32148 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32150 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32151 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32152 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32153 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32154 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32155 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32156 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32158 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32160 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32161 Select the window above the current one.
32162 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32163 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32164 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32165 negative ARG) of the current window.
32166 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32170 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32171 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32172 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32173 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32174 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32175 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32176 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32178 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32180 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32181 Select the window below the current one.
32182 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32183 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32184 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32185 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32186 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32190 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32191 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32192 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32193 Default MODIFIER is `shift'.
32195 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32197 ;;;***
32199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (22311 14139 326375 715000))
32200 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32202 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32203 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
32204 See the `winner-mode' command
32205 for a description of this minor mode.
32206 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32207 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32208 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
32210 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32212 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32213 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
32214 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
32215 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32216 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is ‘toggle’.
32218 Winner mode is a global minor mode that records the changes in
32219 the window configuration (i.e. how the frames are partitioned
32220 into windows) so that the changes can be \"undone\" using the
32221 command `winner-undo'. By default this one is bound to the key
32222 sequence `C-c <left>'. If you change your mind (while undoing),
32223 you can press `C-c <right>' (calling `winner-redo').
32225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32227 ;;;***
32229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (22216 22853 52596 491000))
32230 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32231 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
32233 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32234 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32235 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32236 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32237 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32239 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32241 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32242 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32243 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32244 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32245 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32246 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32247 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32248 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32250 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32251 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32253 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32255 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32256 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32258 \(fn)" t nil)
32260 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32261 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32262 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32263 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32264 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32265 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32266 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32267 `woman' command for further details.
32269 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32271 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
32272 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
32274 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
32276 ;;;***
32278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (22249 52924 872284 99000))
32279 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32281 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32282 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32283 Return the top node with all its children.
32284 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32286 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32287 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32288 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32290 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32292 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32293 namespace to URIs instead.
32295 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32296 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32298 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32300 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32302 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32304 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32305 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32306 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
32307 not contain well-formed XML.
32309 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
32310 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
32311 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32312 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
32313 element of the list.
32314 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32315 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32316 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32318 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32320 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32321 namespace to URIs instead.
32323 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32324 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32326 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32328 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32330 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32332 ;;;***
32334 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (22150 28228 462072
32335 ;;;;;; 702000))
32336 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32338 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32339 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32340 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32341 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32342 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32343 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32344 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32345 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32346 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32347 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32349 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32351 ;;;***
32353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (22319 8247 203689
32354 ;;;;;; 39000))
32355 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
32357 (autoload 'xref-find-backend "xref" "\
32360 \(fn)" nil nil)
32362 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
32363 Pop back to where \\[xref-find-definitions] was last invoked.
32365 \(fn)" t nil)
32367 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
32368 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
32370 \(fn)" nil nil)
32372 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
32373 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
32374 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
32375 prompt for it.
32377 If sufficient information is available to determine a unique
32378 definition for IDENTIFIER, display it in the selected window.
32379 Otherwise, display the list of the possible definitions in a
32380 buffer where the user can select from the list.
32382 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32384 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
32385 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
32387 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32389 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
32390 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
32392 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32394 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
32395 Find references to the identifier at point.
32396 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
32398 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32400 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
32401 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
32402 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
32404 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
32405 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
32406 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
32407 (define-key esc-map "?" #'xref-find-references)
32408 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
32409 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
32410 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
32412 (autoload 'xref-collect-matches "xref" "\
32413 Collect matches for REGEXP inside FILES in DIR.
32414 FILES is a string with glob patterns separated by spaces.
32415 IGNORES is a list of glob patterns.
32417 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR IGNORES)" nil nil)
32419 ;;;***
32421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (22290 7990 504790
32422 ;;;;;; 288000))
32423 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32425 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32426 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32427 See the `xterm-mouse-mode' command
32428 for a description of this minor mode.
32429 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32430 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32431 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32433 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32435 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32436 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32437 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32438 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32439 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32441 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32442 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32443 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32444 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32445 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32446 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32448 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32450 ;;;***
32452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xwidget" "xwidget.el" (22327 2357 177818 859000))
32453 ;;; Generated autoloads from xwidget.el
32455 (autoload 'xwidget-webkit-browse-url "xwidget" "\
32456 Ask xwidget-webkit to browse URL.
32457 NEW-SESSION specifies whether to create a new xwidget-webkit session.
32458 Interactively, URL defaults to the string looking like a url around point.
32460 \(fn URL &optional NEW-SESSION)" t nil)
32462 ;;;***
32464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (22150 28228 26072 702000))
32465 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32467 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32468 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32470 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32472 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32473 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32475 \(fn)" nil nil)
32477 ;;;***
32479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (22150 28228 682072 702000))
32480 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32482 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32483 Zone out, completely.
32485 \(fn)" t nil)
32487 ;;;***
32489 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32490 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32491 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32492 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32493 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32494 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32495 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
32496 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
32497 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
32498 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
32499 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
32500 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
32501 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32502 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32503 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32504 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32505 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32506 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32507 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32508 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32509 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32510 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
32511 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32512 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/detect.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
32513 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
32514 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
32515 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
32516 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
32517 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
32518 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
32519 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
32520 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
32521 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
32522 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
32523 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
32524 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
32525 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
32526 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
32527 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
32528 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
32529 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
32530 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
32531 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
32532 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32533 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32534 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32535 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32536 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32537 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32538 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32539 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32540 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32541 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32542 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32543 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32544 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32545 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32546 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32547 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32548 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32549 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32550 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
32551 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
32552 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32553 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32554 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32555 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32556 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32557 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
32558 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
32559 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dom.el" "dos-fns.el"
32560 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
32561 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
32562 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
32563 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el"
32564 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32565 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
32566 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/generator.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
32567 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
32568 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
32569 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
32570 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32571 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32572 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
32573 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
32574 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
32575 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
32576 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
32577 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
32578 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32579 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32580 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
32581 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
32582 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el"
32583 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
32584 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el"
32585 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
32586 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el"
32587 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
32588 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
32589 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32590 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32591 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32592 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32593 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
32594 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32595 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
32596 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
32597 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
32598 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
32599 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
32600 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
32601 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
32602 ;;;;;; "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32603 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32604 ;;;;;; "international/charscript.el" "international/fontset.el"
32605 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32606 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "kermit.el"
32607 ;;;;;; "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
32608 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
32609 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
32610 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
32611 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
32612 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
32613 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
32614 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
32615 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/programmer-dvorak.el"
32616 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el"
32617 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sgml-input.el" "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el"
32618 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el" "leim/quail/tamil-dvorak.el" "leim/quail/thai.el"
32619 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el"
32620 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32621 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
32622 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
32623 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32624 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32625 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32626 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32627 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32628 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32629 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32630 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32631 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
32632 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
32633 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el"
32634 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/nsm.el"
32635 ;;;;;; "net/rfc2104.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el"
32636 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/shr-color.el"
32637 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el"
32638 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
32639 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el"
32640 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32641 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32642 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32643 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32644 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32645 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32646 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "obarray.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el"
32647 ;;;;;; "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el"
32648 ;;;;;; "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el"
32649 ;;;;;; "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el"
32650 ;;;;;; "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el"
32651 ;;;;;; "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el"
32652 ;;;;;; "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32653 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
32654 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
32655 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32656 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32657 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32658 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32659 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el"
32660 ;;;;;; "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el"
32661 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
32662 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el"
32663 ;;;;;; "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el"
32664 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el"
32665 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32666 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32667 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32668 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
32669 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
32670 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
32671 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
32672 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
32673 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32674 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32675 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32676 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32677 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32678 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32679 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32680 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32681 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
32682 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32683 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
32684 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
32685 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
32686 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
32687 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el"
32688 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el"
32689 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
32690 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32691 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
32692 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
32693 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
32694 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vc/vc-filewise.el" "vcursor.el"
32695 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
32696 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (22390 20826 105652 720000))
32698 ;;;***
32700 (provide 'loaddefs)
32701 ;; Local Variables:
32702 ;; version-control: never
32703 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32704 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32705 ;; coding: utf-8
32706 ;; End:
32707 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here